m v^>. V HARVARD UNIVERSITY SO. LIBRARY OF THE Museum of Comparative Zoology ^/^cA The Great Basin Naturalist VOLUME XXVIII, 1968 Editor: Vasco M. Tanner Associate Editor: Stephen L. Wood Published at Provo, Utah, by Brigham Young University TABLE OF CONTENTS Volume XXVIII Number 1 - March 30, 1968 New Records and Species of Neotropical Bark Beetles (Scolytidae: Coleoptera). Part III. Illustrated. Stephen L. Wood 1 Undescribed Species of Nearctic Tipulidae (Diptera) VIII. Charles P. Alexander 16 Distributional Aspects of Pinus Ponderosa in North- western Nebraska. Illustrated. John L. Main and Elray S. Nixon 24 Dermacentor Andersoni in National Forest Recreation Sites of Utah. Illustrated. C. Selby Herrin 30 Ametroproctus A New Genus of Charassobatid Mites from the United States. (Acari: Cryptostigmata: Cliarassobatidae). Illustrated. Harold G. liiggins and Tyler A. Woolley 44 The Ermine in Western Utah. Elbert J. Lowry and Harold J. Egoscue 47 Book Notice. Taxonomic Review. Miridae of the Nevada Test Site and the Western United States. — V.M.T 47 Number 2 - June 29, 1968 Annotated Bibliography of Nevada Ornithology since 1951. Richard C. Banks 49 Bird Records for Clark County, Nevada. George T. Aus- tin and W. (rlen Bradley 61 Spawning Ecology of the White Bass Roccus Chrysops (Rafinesque) in Utah Lake, Utah. Illustrated. Fred- eric Vincent 63 Remarks on the Type Specimen of Bufo alvarius Girard. M. J. Fouquette. Jr 70 Fleas of the National Reactor Testing Station. Illustrated. Dorald M. Allred 7^ A Key to Species of the Cnesinus LeConte (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) of North and Central America. Illus- trated. Stephen L. Wood 88 NOTE: Ground Nesting of the Ferruginous Hawk in West-Central Utah. J. Bradford Weston and David E. Ellis HI Number 3 - September 30, 1968 Undescribed Species of Nearctic Tipulidae (Diptera), XI, Charles P. Alexander 113 I Studies in Nearctic Desert Sand Dune Orthoptera. Part XI. A new arenicolous species of Stenopelmatus from Coachella Valley with Key and biological notes. Illustrated. Ernest R. Tinkham 124 Faunistic Inventory — BYU Ecological Studies at the Nevada Test Site. D Elden Beck and Dorald M. Allred - - - 132 Redescription of Microzetes Auxillaris Appalachicola Jacot (Ascari: Cryptostigmata, Microzetidae) . Illus- trated. Harold G. Higgins and Tyler A. Woolley 142 A New Genus and Species of Oribatid from Pack Rat Nests (Acari: Cryptostigmata, Tectocepheidae) . Illustrated. Tyler A. Woolley and Harold G. Higgins 144 Nomenclature Changes in the Alaskan Flora. Illustrated. Stanley L. Welsh _...._ 147 A New Variety of Eriogonum Umbellatum from Southern Nevada. James L. Reveal 157 Number 4 - December 31, 1968 Lace Bugs Collected in Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian Bio- logical Survey of Dominica, B. W. I. (Hemiptera: Tingidae). Illustrated. Richard C. Froeschner 161 Megeremaeidae. A New Family of Oribatid Mites (Acari: Cryptostigmata). Illustrated. Tyler A. Woolley and Harold G. Higgins 172 A New Species of Sphodrocepheus from the Western U. S. (Acari: Cryptostigmata, Cepheidae). Illustrated. Tyler A. Woolley and Harold G. Higgins 176 A New Mite of the Genus Eupterotegaeus from Oregon (Cryptostigmata: Cepheidae). Illustrated. Harold G. Higgins and Tyler A. Woolley 179 The Systematics of Crotaphytus Wislizeni, The Leopard Lizards (Sauria: Iguanidae). Part II. A Review of the Status of the Baja California Penninsular Popula- tions and a Description of a New Subspecies from Cedros Islands. Illustrated. Benjamin H. Banta and Wilmer W. Tanner 183 New Species of Perennial Cryptantha from Utah. Illus- Wilmer W. Tanner 195 NOTE: A Probable Record of the White-Tailed Deer in Nevada. W. Glen Bradley and Charles G. Hansen 199 NOTE: High Localized Bird Mortality as a Function of High Insect Populations. Hal L. Black and Clayton M. White 200 INDEX 201 II lo ve " (^ The Volume XXVm, No. 1 March 30, 1968 Mua coMp. zooa LIORAHY MAR 11971 HARVARO UNlVEnciTY Great Bastn iiOTUiiijfr Published by Brigham Young University GREAT BASIN NATURALIST Editor: Vasco M. Tanner, Department of Zoology and Entomology Brigham Young tJniversity, Provo, Utah Associate Editor: Stephen L. Wood, Department of Zoology and Entomology, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah Members of the Editorial Board: Ferron L. Andersen (5), Zoology Jay V. Beck (3), Bacteriology Robert W. Gardner (1), Animal Science Joseph R. Murdock (4), Botany WiLMER W. Tanner (2) , Zoology, Chairman of the Board Stanley L. Welsh ( 1 ) , Botany Ex officio Members: RuDGER H. Walker, Dean, College of Biological and Agri- cultural Sciences Ernest L. Olson, Chairman, University Publications, Uni- versity Editor The Great Basin Naturalist Published at Provo, Utah by Brigham Young University Volume XXVIII March 30, 1968 No. 1 NEW RECORDS AND SPECIES OF NEOTROPICAL BARK BEETLES (SCOLYTIDAE: COLEOPTERA). PART IIP Stephen L. Wood- While preparing a taxonomic review of the bark and ambrosia beetles (Scolytidae) of Costa Rica, it was necessary to examine all available species from this and neighboring areas. In order to make the names of new taxa available for this review and for related work, 12 species and two genera {Paracorthylus and Gnathotry partus) new to science are described on the following pages. The new species represent the genera Xyleborus (3), Monarthrum (2), Paracorthylus (1), Gnathotry partus (2), Spermatophthorus (1), Scolytus (2), and Scolytopsis ( 1 ) . The ty])e series of these species were collected in the following countries: Mexico (3), Costa Rica (4), and British Guiana (5). Xyleborus longideclivis, n. sp. rhis species superficially resembles incortvertiens Schedl. except for the declivity which is more nearly like that of parallelocollis Eg- gers. The general outline of the pronotum and the arrangement of the asperities are much as in solitarius Schedl except marginal teeth are absent; the elytral declivity resembles that of parallelocollis, but it begins much nearer the base and is less strongly impressed on the lower third. Female. — Length 2.3 mm. (para types 2.2-2.3 mm.). 2.6 times as long as wide; color reddish brown, the declivity darker. Frons weakly convex; surface reticulate, deeply, rather coarsely punctured; vestiture scanty. Pronotum 1.04 times as long as wide; widest on basal third; basal angles broadly rounded, middle third of sides weakly arcuate and converging slightly toward the semicircularly rounded anterior margin; summit at or slightly behind summit; asperities rather small, abundant, extending almost to base at lateral margin; posterior area mostly smooth and shining with obscure traces of reticulation 1 . I'art of the field work relating to this study was sponsored by research grants GB-532 and Gll-i()78 from the National S< ienrc Foundation. 2. Department o( ZfKjlogy and Entomology, Brigham Yoimg University, Prove, Utah. Scoly- toidca Contribution No. 36. The Great Basin Naturalist 2 STEPHEN L. WOOD Vol. XXVIII, No. 1 on disc, mostly reticulate laterally, the punctures small, obscure; vestiture inconspicuous. Elytra 1.6 times as long as wide, 1.5 times as long as pronotum; sides almost straight and parallel on basal two-thirds, rather narrow- ly rounded behind; disc occupying basal fourth only; striae not im- pressed, the punctures small, shallow, distinct; interstriae smooth, shining, about three times as wide as striae, the punctures fine, ob- scure. Declivity occupying the posterior three-fourths, slope very gradual on basal half, somewhat steeper below, broadly convex; striae weakly impressed, the punctures twice as large as on disc, sharply, more deeply impressed; all interspaces weakly convex, about one and one-half times as wide as striae, not entirely smooth or shin- ing, each with a median row of fine, closely set, squamiferous tubercles; lateral margin elevated from posterolateral angles of elytra on interspace 7 to apex of elytra, the elevation acute and ir- regularly armed by fine granules. Vestiture consisting of uniseriate rows of erect interstrial scales and fine, semirecumbent, strial hair; hair and scales subequal in length, slightly longer near base of de- clivity; each scale near middle of declivity equal in length to about two-third'; of the distance between rows of scales, separated from scales in the same row by distances equal to their own lengths. Type Locality.- — Bartica triangle, British Guiana. Host. — Talisia sp. Type Material. — The female holotype and eight female para- types were collected at the type locality between October 1948 and March 1949, from the above host, as collection nimiber six, by A. D. Atkinson. The holotype and most of the paratypes are in the British Mu- seum (Natural History) ; the remaining paratypes are in my collec- tion. Xyleborus parcellus, n. sp. This species is allied to longideclivis, described above, but it is easily distinguished by the much smaller size and by the shorter declivity. In size and certain other characters it resembles inter- setosus Blandford, but the declivital sculpture and vestiture are very different. Female.— Length 1.7 mm. (paratypes 1.6-1.7 mm.), 3.0 times as long as wide; color brown. Frons as in longideclivis. Pronotum 1.2 times as long as wide; widest on basal third, sides feebly arcuate and very slightly converging on middle third, rather narrowly rounded in front; summit at middle, narrowly elevated; sculpture about as in longideclivis except asperities not extending to posterior fourth laterally; vestiture inconspicuous. Elytra 1.7 times as long as wide, 1.5 times as long as pronotum; outline as in longideclivus; disc about one-third length of elytra; striae 1 feebly, others not impressed, the punctures small, distinctly impressed; interstriae smooth and shining, about three times as wide March 50. 1968 neotropical bark beetles 3 as striae, the punctures slightly smaller than those of striae. De- clivity beginning one-third elytral length from base, very gradual on upper or anterior half, becoming moderately steep below, convex; strial punctures larger and perhaps deeper than on disc; all inter- striae uniseriately tuberculate. those on upper half minute, becoming larger and shar{>ly pointed below, less closely placed near apex; lateral margin similarly, but less acutely elevated than in longi- declivus. Vestiture consisting of minute strial hair and longer, erect, slender interstrial scales; each scale about six times as long as wide, se})arated from adjacent scales in same and neighboring rows by dis- tances equal to length of a scale. Type Locality. — Bartica triangle, British Guiana. Hosts. — KairihalU sp. (type), Eschweilera sagotianum and Eperua falcata (para types). Type Material. — The female holotype was collected at the type locality between January and March 1949, from the above host, by D. B. Fanshawe. Two paratypes from British Guiana were taken in October 1948, to March 1949, by A. D. Atkinson as follows: one from Ikuribisi, from the second host listed, collection number 63, and one from mile 21 on the Bartica Potaro Road, from the last host listed, collection number 26. The holotype and one jiaratype are in the British Museum (Natural History) ; the other para type is in my collection. Xyleborus usticius, n. sp. The body form and general sculpture of pronotum and elytra superficially are very similar to those of destruens Blandford; how- ever, its true affinity appears to be much closer to parallelocollis Eggers, although the size and declivital sculpture are rather different. From parallelocollis it is distinguished by the larger size, by the stouter body form, by the more broadly rounded })osterior outline, by the steeper, broader, more strongly flattened declivity, by the im- pressed declivital striae, and by the larger declivital tubercles. Female. — Length 3.2 mm. (paratypes 3.2 mm.), 2.4 times as long as wide; color very dark brown. Frons transversely convex and longitudinally without arch to well above eyes, the median line slightly higher; a rather narrowly impressed line just above epistoma; surface reticulate above eyes becoming almost smooth below with rather coarse, obscure punc- tures; vestiture inconspicuous. Pronotum 1.06 times as long as wide; subquadrate, widest just behind middle, sides moderately arcuate, anterior and posterior mar- gins less strongly arcuate; summit well developed, at middle; an- terior area finely asperate; posterior area subreticulate, the ])unc- tures minute, rather deep; vestiture confined to lateral margins. Elytra 1.4 times as long as wide, 1.4 times as long as pronotum; sides straight and diverging slightly on slightly more than basal half, broadly rounded behind; striae 1 moderately, others weakly im- pressed, the punctures small, close, rather deeply impressed; inter- The Great Basin Naturalist 4 STEPHEN L. WOOD Vol. XXVIII, No. 1 striae about twice as wide as striae, subshining, not entirely smooth, the punctures very fine, uniseriate, except irregular in size and posi- tion on interspace 1. with margins of some of them appearing very minutely granulate. Declivity beginning at or slightly in front of middle, gradual on anterior half, steeper behind, transversely im- pressed iust before apex; striae more strongly impressed and punc- tures larger than on disc, the inner floor of some punctures sub- reticulate; striae 1, 2, and 3 near apex strongly curved toward suture; interstriae equally, weakly convex, each armed by a uniseriate row of closely placed, fine, pointed tubercles. Vestiture evidently abraded, consisting of rows of stout interstrial bristles on side and declivity. Type Locality. — Bartica District, British Guiana. Type Material. — The female holotype and one female para- type were collected at the type locality in April. 1957, by E. A. J. Duffy. The holotype is in the British Museum (Natural History) ; the paratype is in my collection. Monarthrum bicolor, n. sp. Fig. 1 This species superficially resembles several of the larger repre- sentatives of the genus, but differs in having the elytral apex entire, not emarginate. The elytral declivity is rather similar to certain species of Ips. The sharply defined color pattern is also unusual. Male. — Length 2.7 mm. (para types 2.7-3.0 mm.), 2.5 times as long as wide; color yellowdsh brown with black markings on asperate area and median third of pronotum to base and on sides and posterior half of elytra; excavated area of declivity also brown except along suture. Frons broadly convex above eyes, transversely impressed between upper level of eyes and epistomal process; epistomal process broad, weakly elevated and extended orad to almost overlap epistomal mar- gin at center, its lower margin abrupt and bearing a sparse brush of hair; surface smooth, with numerous minute points and coarse, deep punctures above eyes, coarsely reticulate and very obscurely punc- tured below; a fine median tubercle at upper level of eyes. Antennal club 1.7 times as long as wide, asymmetrical; sutures 1 and 2 evident and septate only on lateral third. Pronotum 1.1 times as long as wide; sides straight and parallel on basal half, somewhat narrowly rounded in front; anterior area rather coarsely asperate, more finely near summit, wdth minutely elevated, transverse lines continuing to base behind summit; posterior areas reticulate, very finely, shallowly punctured, the punctures trans- versely asperate on median third; glabrous. Elytra 1.4 times as long as wide, 1.3 times as long as pronotum; sides very feebly diverging to one-third from base, then very weakly converging almost to apex, the posterolateral angles strongly round- ed, broadly rounded behind; strial and interstrial punctures rather March 30, 1968 neotropical bark beetles 2. M. preclarus cf I. M. bicoior 6* 5. R velutinus d* 7 G terebratus cf 3b. P velutinus d* 6. P velutinus $ 8. G. terebratus cT Figs. 1-4. Posterolateral aspect of declivity: 1. Monarthrum bicoior, male; 2, M. preclarus, male; 3, Paracorthylus velutinus, male; 4, P. velutinus, female. Figs. 5-6. Anterior aspet:t of antenna of Paracorthylus velutinus: 5, male; 6. female. Figs. 7-8. Gnathotrypanus terebratus: 7, dorsal aspect of male; 8, anterior aspect of male antenna. The Great Basin Naturalist 6 STEPHEN L. WOOD Vol. XXVIII, No. 1 small, deep, confused; surface shining, with rather numerous, minute points. Declivity acutely margined to sutural apex except at sutural interspace above; upper half armed by three pairs of teeth spaced almost equally, the first about in line with interspace 2, acutely pointed, the second about in line with interspace 4, slightly larger but similar to the first, the third, higher but much less acutely point- ed, its lower margin continued as a declining crest to sutural apex; excavated area very similar to Ips, broadly, deeply, excavated, the sutures slightly elevated and feebly granulate, the surface smooth, shining, the punctures rather large, shallow, not close. Vestiture confined to declivity, consisting of fine hair strongly diverging from suture, the sutural row rather conspicuous. Female. — Similar to male except frontal area more nearly re- ticulate; antennal club 1.3 times as long as wide, bearing a tuft of dark setae on posterior face; elytral declivity not excavated, broadly impressed much as in male, the submarginal area armed by three pairs of fine tubercles. Type Locality. — Mile 10 on the Bartica-Potaro Road, British Guiana. Host. — Caryocar nuciferum. Type Material. — The male holotype, female allotype, and four male paratypes were collected at the type locality between October 1948 and March 1949. from the above host, by D. J. Atkinson, col- lection number 67. The holotype, allotype and two paratypes are in the British Museum (Natural History) ; the other two paratypes are in my collection. Monarthrum preclarus, n. sp. Fig. 2 This species has two pairs of declivital teeth on the elytra having an arrangement different from those of all other representatives of the genus known to me. This feature, at least superficially, is very similar to the declivity of Tricolus spectabilis Wood or, to a lesser extent, T. speciosus Schedl. Male. — Length 2.5 mm. (paratype 2.5 mm.), 2.8 times as long as wdde; color yellowish brown, the anterior third of pronotum and all except central area on disc of elytra medium brown. Frons uniformly, rather strongly convex except narrowly im- pressed at epistomal margin; surface uniformly reticulate-granulate, the punctures very obscure; vestiture confined to epistomal margin. Pronotum 1.4 times as long as wide; widest at base, sides almost straight and converging slightly on basal two-thirds, then converging rapidly, the anterior margin broadly rounded on median half; de- clivous on anterior fourth; asperities on anterior third low, abundant, somewhat resembling scales near summit; posterior areas reticulate to subreticulate, the punctures minute, very indistinct; glabrous. Elytra 1.6 times as long as wide, 1.2 times as long as pronotum; sides straight and parallel on basal third, converging very slightly to March ^0, 1968 nkotropical bahk beetles 7 level of sutural apex, then abru()tly rounded, very broadly, shallowly eniarginate on median half with a narrow, rather deep notch at suture; strial punctures minute, shallow, those of interspaces evi- dently smaller and less definite in position but rows indicated in some areas; surface smooth, shining. Declivity oblique, excavated; arutely margined beginning with a ])air of small, acutely [pointed teeth on an elevated base in line with inters{)ace 2 at toj) of declivity, the subacutely elevated lateral margin continuing to middle of de- clivity and armed here by a similar |)air of small, acutely pointed teeth curving slightly toward middle of declivity; lateral margin con- tinuing from base of second tooth to apex; apex rounded in dorsal profile, its margin continuous with sutural apex; declivital face deeply, broadly excavated, the suture very slightly elevated, the surface smooth, and shining, with fine, shallow {)unctures. Glabrous, except a few^ setae on sides. J'ype Locality. — Manaka. British Guiana. I losT. — Peltogyne sp. Type Material. — The male holotype and one male paraty[)e wore collected at the type locality, from the above host, between October 1948. and March 1949, by D. J. Atkinson, collection number The holotyi)e is in the British Museum (Natural History), the paraty|)e is ni my collection Pnracorthylus, n. g. This genus bears a suj^erficial resemblance to Metacorthylus Blandford. but the antennae and other characters indicate the rela- tionshi}) is remote. It is not closely related to any known genus, but should bo placed near Glochinocerus Blandford, Corthycyclon Schedl. and Metacorthylus. The very unique antennae, serve to distinguish this genus. Description. — Frons convex in both sexes; eye two-thirds di- vided by a narrow omargination; antennal funicle 2-segmented; antennal club elongate, with two procurved sutures on basal half, sexually dimor[)hic. strongly, asymmetrically, acuminately j)roduced in female, moderately, not strongly, acuminately j)r()duced in male; [)Osterior face of anterior tibiae not tuberculate; tarsi normal. Pro- notuni much as in (orthylus, finely, closely asjierate on anterior third. Scutellum large, almost flat. Elytra subtruncate behind. On type-sj)ecies pubescence miiuite, recuinbent. rather dense on j)ro- notum and elytra. Type-species. — Pararortfnius vrhttinus Wood, doscril^ed below. Pardcorthylus I'clutinus, n. sp. Fips. ^-6 The se.xually dimorj)hic antennae and armature of the elylral declivity, and the minute, recumbent vestiture .serve to distinguish The Great Basin Naturalist 8 STEPHEN L. WOOD Vol. XXVIII, No. 1 this species from other species with which it might possibly be confused. Female. — Length 1.9 mm. (parat3rpes 1.9-2.0 mm.), 2.2 times as long as wide; color brown, the anterior and posterior extremities somewhat darker. Frons rather weakly concave; slightly transversely impressed just above epistomal margin; epistomal margin produced into a small lobe in front of mandibles; an acute median carina on lower half extending to apex of epistomal lobe; surface shining, marked by small points and moderately large, close, deep punctures; vestiture erect, minute, inconspicuous. Eye almost two-thirds divided by a narrow emargination. Antennal funicle 2-segmented; club 2.6 times as long as wide, narrowly triangular, the apex acutely pointed; sutures 1 and 2 subangulately procurved, 2 not extending beyond basal third; mediodistal margin bearing a row of rather long hair, other setae minute. Pronotum 1.1 times as long as wide; wddest on basal half, sides on basal two-thirds feebly arcuate, rather broadly rounded in front; summit rather indefinite, about one-third pronotum length from an- terior margin; very finely asperate anterior to summit, dull, very minutely reticulate-granulate behind. Vestiture consisting of rather abundant, minute, recumbent hair, somewhat longer and more nearly erect in asperate area. Elytra 1.1 times as long as wide, 1.0 times as long as pronotum; sides almost straight and parallel to a point beyond level of declivital base, very broadly rounded behind; declivity restricted to posterior fourth; strial and interstrial punctures obsolete, surface of disc finely reticulate, dull, a very slight irregularity where small, confused punctures might have been. Declivity abrupt, very steep, weakly convex; surface obscurely, rather closely punctured, impressed to- ward suture on upper two-thirds; interspace 3 weakly elevated on upper half, with one blunt tubercle on summit just above middle of declivity. Vestiture minute, recumbent, rather abundant. Male. — Similar to female except frons more nearly convex, the carina shorter; antennal club shorter, broader, much less strongly acimiinate; elytral disc near declivity more nearly shining, more clearly punctured; declivital interspace 3 armed by two moderately large, pointed tubercles, 1 one-third from upper margin, 2 slightly larger, two-thirds from upper margin; lower margin of declivity more distinctly elevated. Type Locality. — Moravia, Cartago Prov., Costa Rica. Type Material. — The female holotype, male allotype and 17 paratyj^es were collected at the type locality on March 11, 1964, at an elevation of about 500 m., by S. L. Wood, from an unidentified, recently cut, dry log. The beetles were monogamous and wood boring. Each tunnel extended about 1-2 cm. directly into the wood. The beetles were completely inactive until physically disturbed. The holotype, allotype and paratypes are in my collection. March 30, 1968 nf.otropical bark beetles 9 Gnathotry partus, n. g. This genus is more closely related to Gnathotrupes Schedl than to other known genera, although its relationship to previously described species may appear obscure. It differs from Gnathotrupes by the deeply emarginate eye, by the entire elytral apex, and by the presence of only two sutures in the antennal club. In the type-species some of the setae on the elytral declivity are scalehke. Description. — Frons convex in both sexes; eye about half divid- ed by a broad emargination; antennal funicle 5-segmented; antennal club large, flattened, marked by two procurved sutures (both partly septate in type-sjiecies) ; elytral apex entire; anterior tibiae rather slender, armed by a series of teeth on outer margin and on posterior face by several additional tubercles. Type-species. — Gnathotrypanus terebratus Wood, described below. Gnathotrypanus terebratus, n. sp. Figs. 7-8 This species bears a superficial resemblance to certain species of Thysanoes, but the eyes, antennae, anterior coxae and legs leave no doubt concerning its relationship to the Corthylini. Male. — Length 1.3 mm. (paratypes 1.30-1.45 mm.), 2.5 times as long as wide; color a moderately dark reddish brown, the pro- notum lighter, more nearly yellowish brown. Frons flattened to well above eyes on an area slightly less than distance between eyes, very feebly elevated toward a broad, low, median, longitudinal elevation; surface very obscurely reticulate with a few very coarse, deep punctures, except shining and impunc- tate on median elevation; vestiture inconspicuous. Eye half divided by an emargination. Antennal scape about as long as 5-segmented funicle, about half as long as club; club as long as wide, with two I)rocurved. almost angulate sutures, 1 extending one-fourth from base, 2 extending slightly more than half club length from base, most of 1 and extreme margins of 2 septate. Pronotum 1.1 times as long as wide; widest on basal half, the sides almost parallel, very feebly arcuate to just before middle, then distinctly converging to rather abrupt anterolateral angles, very broadly rounded, almost straight in front; anterior margin armed by about 14-16 low teeth; indefinite summit in front of middle, mod- erately declivous and finely asperate anterior to summit; posterior area minutely subreticulate, with an occasional minute puncture. A few hairlike setae in asperate area and on lateral areas. Elytra 1.4 times as long as wide, 1.3 times as long as pronotum; sides almost straight and parallel on basal three-fourths, very broadly rounded behind; striae not impressed, the punctures minute, shal- low; interstriae about three times as wide as striae, shining, marked by rather numerous lines, i)unctures not evident. Declivity steep, confined to posterior fourth of elytra; shallowly, subconcavely im- pressed on central two-thirds, except sutural area above impressed; The Great Basin Naturalist 10 STEPHEN L. WOOD Vol. XXVIII, No. 1 Striae obsolete; declivital face closely, minutely marked by indefinite, confused punctures; position of interspace 2 near upper margin armed by a series of two or three small pointed tubercles, the third tubercle almost one-fourth of declivital length from base of declivity; apical, costal margin near suture finely, weakly, elevated. Vestiture confined to declivity, consisting of fine hair and erect scales in about equal numbers; rather sparse. Female. — Similar to male except frons very slightly more strongly convex; punctures and reticulation of pronotum more dis- tinct; anterolateral margin of pronotum bearing a small tuft of yel- low hair; anterior margin of pronotum more strongly rounded; elytral declivity more nearly convex, the impression feeble, the tubercles absent. Type Locality. — Volcan, Puntarenas Prov., Costa Rica. Host. — Known locally as "guarumo," evidently Pourouma aspera. Type Material. — The male holotype, female allotype, and 24 para types were collected at the type locality on December 11, 1963, at an elevation of about 1,000 m., by S. L. Wood, from a recently cut bole of "guarumo" 20 cm. in diameter, in dense forest growth. The monogamous beetles were just entering the woody tissues of the host. The holotype, allotype and paratypes are in my collection. Gnat hot rypanus electus, n. sp. This species is allied to terebratus, described above, but may be readily distinguished by the larger size, by the presence of interstrial punctures, and by the sulcate elytral declivity that bears tubercles on the lower half. This species bears a superficial resemblance to cer- tain species of Neodryocoetes. Female.- — Length 2.4 mm., 2.4 times as long as wide; color reddish brown with elytra much darker. Frons moderately convex, with median line rather narrowly elevated, particularly toward epistomal margin; surface dull, very finely, rather closely punctured; vestiture inconspicuous, antennal club with sutures more narrowly angulate than in terebratus. Pronotum 1.1 times as long as wide; sides very feebly arcuate, almost parallel on basal half, rather broadly rounded in front; an- terior margin not clearly armed, posterior area minutely reticulate, finely punctured. Subglabrous except at lateral and anterior mar- gins; a moderately large patch of rather long, conspicuous, hairlike setae on anterolateral angle. Elytra about 1.4 times as long as wide (elytra slightly spread), 1.2 times as long as pronotum; sides almost straight and evidently parallel on about basal three-fourths, very broadly rounded behind; striae not impressed, the punctures small, distinct, shallow; inter- striae about three times as wide as striae, the surface shining, marked by lines and exceedingly minute points, and with the punctures March 30, 1968 neotropical bark beetles 11 similar in size and spacing to those of striae. Declivity steep, sulcate; striae not indicated, the surface finely reticulate, with very obscure, confused, close punctures indicated; rather strongly impressed be- tween third interspaces, the lateral elevations moderately abrupt, broad, armed by one, small, pointed tubercle near upper margin and four similar tubercles on middle third, the upper one of these four larger. Vestiture confined to declivity, consisting of fine, semirecum- bent hair and a few erect, slender scales. Type Locality. — Rincon de Osa, Puntarenas Prov., Costa Rica. Type Material. — The female holotype was collected at the type locality on August 11, 1967, at an elevation of about 30 m., by S. L. Wood, from the limb of an unidentified tree. The holotype is in my collection. Spermatophthorus aberrans, n. sp. This species is placed in Spermatophthorus because of the anten- nal structure and the scalelike vestiture. but it is not closely related to either of the two previously described species. The very different sculpture of the frons, the reduced size of the head, and the general contour and sculpture of the pronotum and elytra are unique. Male. — Length 1.6 mm. (paratypes 1.4-1.7 mm.). 2.4 times as long as wide; color dark brown. Frons above upper level of eyes convex, with a low median ele- vation; rather abruptly, strongly, broadly impressed at upper level of -eyes, the subconcave area extending from eye to eye to epistomal margin; center of impressed area bearing a pointed tubercle; central part of each ventrolateral fourth of impressed area armed by a large, rounded, strongly developed process about twice as high as its basal width, directed cephalad and very slightly mesad; entire surface dull, above upper level of eyes also clearly reticulate and finely punc- tured; vestiture inconspicuous. Pronotum 1.1 times as long as wide; sides almost straight and {)arallel on basal half, then rather abruptly rounded and continued straight to the very narrow, narrowly rounded anterior margin; anterior margin a continuous, unbroken elevated costa, one pair of low teeth at its ends; dorsal profile a continuous, gradual arch from anterior to posterior margins; isolated, small, crenulate asperities extend to basal margin, surface between asperities irregular, appar- ently with obscure, coarse reticulation. Vestiture consisting of mod- erately abundant, erect, slender scales. Elytra 1.5 times as long as wide, 1.6 times as long as pronotum; sides almost straight and j)arallel on basal half, then converging gradually to the narrowly rounded posterior margin; striae 1 feebly, others not impressed, the punctures small, shallow, not close or clear- ly evident; interstriae [)erhaps three times as wide as striae, very irregular, minutely rather densely punctured, with median row of small, subvulcanate, squamiferous punctures. Declivity convex, rather steep; striae weakly impressed, the punctures more distinct; The Great Basin Naturalist 12 STEPHEN L. WOOD Vol. XXVIII, No. 1 interspace 2 strongly narrowed, abruptly, strongly impressed, obso- lete before apex; interstrial tubercles slightly larger. Vestiture con- sisting of interstrial rows of rather slender, erect scales. Female. — Similar to male except frons weakly, uniformly con- vex to epistoma. the median elevation continued to epistomal margin with central tubercle minute, the lateral tubercles minute but evident. Iype Locality. — Six km. south of San Vito, Puntarenus Prov., Costa Rica. Type Material. — The male holotype, female allotype and 30 paratypes were collected at the type locality, between March 19 and 21, 1967, from a pear-shaped gall 3.5 by 4.5 cm. that was picked up on the forest floor by Carlos Valencio. The holotype, allotype, and paratypes are in my collection. Scolytus hermosus, n. sp. Fig. 9 This species is similar to robustus Blackman, but is readily dis- tinguished by the larger size, by the more finely punctured pro- notum and elytra, by the brightly shining, very finely, densely punctured abdominal sterna, and by the somewhat less strongly ele- vated anterior margin of abdominal sternum 2. ML\LE. — Length 3.7 mm. (paratypes 3.0-3.7 mm.), 2.1 times as long as wide; color black with dark reddish brown elytra. Frons broadly, weakly convex to vertex, with slight transverse impressions just above eyes and just above epistoma; surface shining, rather coarsely punctate-aciculate; vestiture consisting of rather sparse, uniformly distributed, long, dark hair. Antennal club 1.7 times as long as wide; suture 1 distinct. Pronotum as in robustus except punctures distinctly smaller. Elytra essentially as in robustus except strial and interstrial punc- tures distinctly smaller; interstrial punctures minute, distinctly 9. S. hermosus if 10. S. mundus +3,' cell Mi very deep, the petiole short, commonly about one-fourth to one-fifth m, in cases the two veins subequal; M3+4 very short, in cases puncti- form, m-cu at base of M4. Abdomen with basal segment gray, yellowed basally, tergites two to five reddish, darkened medially and less evidently as narrow sub- lateral lines, the lateral borders yellowed, sternites and outer seg- ments dark brown, styli of male hypopygium light brown; abdominal vestiture relatively short, yellow, long and conspicuous on eighth sternite of male, as described. Ovipositor with cerci long and slender, straight, narrowed very gradually to the subacute tips, hypovalvae much shorter. Male hypopygium generally as in Yamatotipula, especially the tergite and inner dististyle, the other features, especial- ly the outer dististyle and phallosome, different. Suture between tergite and the large basistyle indicated distally. ventral suture con- spicuous, blackened, its cephalic end curved dorsally. Ninth tergite transverse, median area of posterior border produced into two lobes that are provided apically with numerous spinoid setae, the emargi- nation narrow; outer lateral angles of tergite broadly rounded, pro- vided with numerous small setae. Outer dististyle elongate, strongly expanded outwardly, widest across apex; inner style with beak slender, dorsal crest low; region of outer basal lobe large and com- plex, including a narrowed blackened lobe that occupies the position March 30. 1968 undescribed nearctic tipulidae 19 normal for the lower beak, and a broader flattened plate with three acute points along its margin, the most basal one larger. Phallosome a simple rod. terminating in a small decurved subapical point, ap- physes apparently not developed. Eighth sternite extensive, posterior border with a broad central light yellow membranous area, the margin thus appearing generally concave; on either side of midline the tergite with a concentration of very long pale setae. Habitat. — Alaska. HoLOTYPE, (S , Toklat River, McKinley National Park, along the park highway, July 20, 1952 (David L. Carson). Allotopotype, 9 , pinned with a para type male. Paratopotypes, 14 cTcf, 1 $, with the types, on six pins. I am assigning this interesting species to the subgenus Yama- totipula Matsumura with some question. While agreeing in some features of the hypopygium, including the tergite and inner disti- style, the fly differs in other respects, as the outer dististyle, phallo- some, and eighth sternite. In its general appearance it suggests spe- cies such as Tipula {Y amatotipula) dejecta Walker, T. {Y .) grenfelli Alexander, and others. Certain features of venation and hypopygial structure likewise suggest the genus Nephrotoma Meigen but the species unquestionably is referrable to the assigned genus. Erioptera (Psiloconopa) chaetophora, n.sp. Size small (wing of male about 4 mm.); general coloration of head and thorax light gray; head and thorax, including the pleura, with conspicuous stout black setae; tips of femora and tibiae slightly dilated; wings pale brown, veins unusually glabrous, cell M^ open by atrophy of basal section of A/.i; male hypopygium with outer disti- style blackened, terminating in three unequal points or blades; arms of aedeagus long and sinuous, narrowed gradually into slender points. Male. — Length about 4.5 mm.; wing 4.1 mm. Rostrum brown, palpi black. Antennae with scape obscure yel- low, pedicel brownish black, flagellum black; flagellar segments oval, the terminal pair partially fused; verticils shorter than the segments, the outer ones longer. Head light gray, vertex and genae with stout black setae, the more lateral ones longer, all slightly ]K)rrect. Thoracic dorsum light gray, pseudosutural foveae black; scutel- lum dark brown medially, more reddened behind, parascutella ob- scure yellow; pronotum. praescutal interspaces and mesal parts of scutal lobes with conspicuous stout erect black setae. Pleura varie- gated light yellow and gray, the latter pattern including the ventral anepisternum. sternopleurite. meron and metapleura; si)arse scat- tered erect black setae on all pleural sclerites with the exception of the meron. Halteres light yellow. Legs with coxae grayish brown, with sparse black setae; trochanters obscure yellow; femora brown- ish yellow, tips of fore and middle pairs narrowly dilated, brownish black, the posterior pair scarcely enlarged or darkened; tibiae of all legs obscure yellow, bases and the slightly dilated aj)ices dark brown The Great Basin Naturalist 20 CHARLES P. ALEXANDER Vol. XXVIII, No. 1 to brownish black; proximal tarsal segments yellow, outer three brownish black to black; vestiture of legs small and weak, longer at tips of all segments. Wings pale brown, prearcular and costal fields light yellow, stigma scarcely more darkened; veins pale brown, more yellowed in the brightened fields. Wing veins unusually glabrous, the costal series short; sparse scattered trichia on veins /?i and R1+2. with about fifteen on distal section of /?5, concentrated on outer third. Venation: Sci ending about four-fifths Rs, Sc. retracted; /?2+3+4 slight- ly longer than /?2+., or basal section of 7?^; cell Mo open by atrophy of basal section of M^; cell 2nd M. longer than its petiole, m lacking, vein M.i being in nearly longitudinal alignment with Mj+j; m-cu shortly before fork of Af ; Anal veins divergent, 2nd A curved gently to margin. Abdominal tergites brownish gray, lateral borders light yellow; sternites and hypopygium brownish yellow. Male hypopygium with tergite relatively small and narrow, posterior border nearly truncate. Basistyle slender, dististyles terminal; outer style blackened distally, bifid at apex, the smooth blade unequally bispinous, the second blade with microscopic denticles at apex and along outer margin; inner style' very broad, smooth, apex obtuse. Gonapophyses appearing as simple blackened hooks, the outer third somewhat angularly bent into a long spine. Arms of aedeagus appearing as longer pale blades that narrow very gradually into very slender divergent spines. Habitat. — Canadian Northwest Territories. HoLOTYPE, ; veins dark brown. Venation: Sc, opposite origin of /?5; supernumerary crossvein at near midlength of cell /?.i; m-cu about one-half its length before fork of M; terminal loop of vein 2nd A small. Abdomen dark brown. Male hypopygium with dististyles ter- minal; outer style with stem stout, at apex divided into two more blackened arms that subdivide into one or two points that terminate in three or four obtuse knobs; inner style a flattened blade that widens gently outwardly, apex very obtuse to subtruncate. Gona- pophyses appearing as broad flattened dark-colored blades, the inner apical angle produced into a strong black spine, the remaining outer margin with microscopic points; no accessory blade or lobe as in cana or hybrida. Terminal filaments of aedeagus slender. Habitat. — Canada (Yukon). HoLOTYPE, cT, Alaska Highway, Mile 1152, along Lake Creek, July 7, 1952 (C. P. Alexander). Erioptera (Symplecta) platymera is told readily from the four other regional members of the subgenus by the structure of the male hypopygium, particularly the broad gonapophyses, which has sug- gested the specific name. The hypopygia of the other species were figured by the writer in an earlier paper (Univ. Michigan. Mus. Zool.. Misc. Publ. 90:28-30, figs. 33-36; 1955). The species con- cerned are E. (S.) cana (Walker), E. (S.) hybrida (Meigen). E. (S.) sheldoni Alexander and E. {S.) sunwapta Alexander. Ormosia {Parormosia) frohnearum, n.sp. Allied to divergens; general coloration of the body dark brown; antennae relatively long, exceeding one-fourth the length of wing; wings weakly tinged with brown, /V/.u4 long, subequal to M4; male hypopygium with apex of lobe of tergite truncate; outer dististyle bifid, outer arm a slender rod, inner arm stout, curved, at apex with a single powerful spine and numerous smaller points; inner style with apex expanded into a triangular blade, the outer margin with about eight long setae. Male. — Length about 5 mm.; wing 5.2 mm.; antenna about 1.6 mm. The Great BtLsin Naturalist 22 CHARLES P. ALEXANDER Vol. XXVIII, No. 1 Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae relatively long, dark brown throughout; flagellar segments long-oval, with abundant deli- cate white setulae, verticils very small. Head brown. Thorax almost uniformly dark brown; pretergites obscure yellow. Halteres brownish yellow, the large knobs clearer yellow. Legs with coxae yellowish brown; trochanters yellow; remainder of legs brown. Wings with a weak brownish tinge, prearcular field slightly more yellowed, stigmal area scarcely darker than the ground; veins light brown. Venation: Sc^ ending shortly beyond the slightly oblique Rr, cell M. open by atrophy of m; M,i+4 long, subequal to M^ in diver gens much shorter, approximately one-fourth M.,; m-cu close to fork of M; Anal veins divergent. Abdomen, including hypopygium, dark brown. Male hypopygi- um quite different from that of divergens, especially the tergite and dististyles. Ninth tergite with apex of outer lobe truncate; surface with abundant relatively small setae. Outer dististyle conspicuously bifid, the outer arm a slender rod, on inner face near base with a spine or spur; inner arm much stouter, strongly curved, apex with a single powerful spine and several smaller ones; inner style with stem slender, apex extended laterad into a triangular blade, the outer margin with about eight long setae. Habitat. — Alaska (First Judicial District). HoLOTYPE, cf, Auke Bay, Juneau, July 10, 1952 (William C. Frohne). The species is named for the Frohne family, William C. and Gertrude Frohne, with their son Richard who was 13 years of age in 1952 when the species was taken. I am greatly indebted to the Frohnes for several new and rare crane flies that were taken in the Juneau area, chiefly in 1952. At that time. Dr. Frohne was Senior Scientist (Entomology), in the Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Alaska. Presently he is with the Alaska Methodist Univer- sity, Anchorage, Alaska. The nearest relative of the present fly is Ormosia (Parormosia) divergens (Coquillett), with a wide distribution in western North America. This differs particularly in the venation and in the hypopygial structure, especially the tergite and dististyles. Molophilus (Molophilus) frohnei, n.sp. Size large (wing of male 6 mm.); mesonotum grayish brown, praescutum light yellow laterally; rostrum, palpi and proximal an- tennal segments black; halteres yellow; wings light yellow, trichia light brown; male hypopygium with mesal and ventral lobes of basistyle distal in position, placed beyond the point of insertion of the dististyles; inner dististyle nearly straight throughout, outer half narrowed into a strong spine, its margin with numerous microscopic spinules. Male. — Length about 5.5 mm.; wing 6 mm. March 30, 1968 undescribed nearctic tipulidae 23 Rostrum and palpi intensely black, the former with long black setae. Antennae witn scape and pedicel black; flagellum broken, head gray. Pronotal scutum yellow, scutellum clearer yellow, dark brown laterally. Mesonotal praescutum with disk grayish brown, without distinct stripes; pretergites and humeral region light yellow, lateral tergal borders more obscure yellow; scutum brownish gray, posterior borders of lobes yellow; scutellum brownish gray, vaguely more yellowed at apex, parascutella obscure yellow; mediotergite brown, the interpostnotal suture broadly yellow. Pleura and pleurotergite Hght brown. Halteres yellow. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow; remainder of legs broken. Wings light yellow, the veins more saturated pale yellow; trichia light brown. Abdomen dark brown, hypopygium more yellowish brown. Male hypopygium with apex of dorsal lobe of basistyle narrowly obtuse; ventral and mesal lobes far distad, beyond the level of point of in- sertion of the dististyles, the mesal lobe with relatively sparse black- ened spinoid setae. Outer dististyle strongly bent beyond midlength, the lower surface of outer part with about 8 or 9 blackened points; inner style distinctive, about two-thirds as long as outer style, nearly straight throughout; basal half yellow, slightly dilated near outer part, thence narrowed to a more slender straight blackened spine, its margin with numerous microscopic spinules. Habitat.— Alaska (First Judicial District). HoLOTYPE, cf , Eagle River, near Juneau, June 14, 1952 (William C. Frohne). I am pleased to name this fly for Dr. William C. Frohne. It is generally similar to species such as Molophilus {Molophilus) disti- lobatus Alexander, M. (M.) spiculatus Alexander, and some others, differing in hypopygial structure, particularly the inner dististyle. DISTRIBUTIONAL ASPECTS OF PINUS PONDEROSA IN NORTHWESTERN NEBRASKA^ John L. Main- and Elray S. Nixon-^ Abstract Pinus ponderosa occurs in abundance on the Pine Ridge escarpment in north- western Nebraska. Within and adjacent to the Pine Ridge are areas of mixed-grass prairie. Transects were run in the middle and along fringe areas of pine stands to determine if P. ponderosa was encroaching upon the grasslands of the surround- ing mixed prairie areas. Results indicated that encroachment was taking place, especially in areas of soil disturbance or where a more open type of vegetation existed. Introduction Pinus ponderosa is one of the most widely distributed pine species in the forested mountainous areas of western North America. Although it is usually found at lower altitudes on dry elevated slopes, it possesses a wide ecological tolerance range. At the present time the largest acreage of P. ponderosa in Nebraska occurs on the Pine Ridge escarpment in northwestern Nebraska, but it is also abundant on the Wild Cat Range and along the Platte and Niobrara Rivers in the Mixed Prairie region (Tolstead, 1947). Bessey (1895) indicated that the distribution of P. ponderosa may have been much greater prior to the early settlement of the white men. He suggested that the sandhills of Nebraska were probably once wooded by P. pon- derosa as evidenced by remains of wood fragments and testimonies of the first settlers of the sandhills region. Because of the abundance of timber, sawmills came into the area and by the early 1900's there were sixty-five in the Pine Ridge area alone. Because of this clearing effect, the average age of the oldest trees is approximately 65-70 years, a uniformity resulting from reproduction occurring within a few years after the extensive cutting (Tolstead, 1947). This study deals specifically with a population of P. ponderosa on the Pine Ridge escarpment near Chadron, Nebraska. The topography is one of sharp ridges, eroded sandstone buttes, and rough broken areas. The vegetation is characterized by stands of P. ponderosa interspersed with areas of mixed prairie (Fig. 1). The dominant species of the woodland areas are P. ponderosa and Prunus virginiana whereas the mixed prairie areas are generally dominated by the grasses Andropogon scoparius, Poa pratensis, Stipa comata, and Bouteloua curtipendula and other species such as Carex filifolia and Yucca glauca (Tolstead, 1947; Nixon, 1967). Yhe purpose of this study was to determine if Pinus ponderosa was encroaching upon the grasslands of the surrounding mixed 1. Appieciatioii is extended to Doris Gates, Chadron State College, Chadron, Nebraska, and to Peter N. Jensen. Soil (Conservation Service, Lincoln, Nebraska, for helpful suggestions. 1. Department of Botany, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington. 3. Department of Biology, Stephen F. Austin State College, Nacogdoches, Texas. 24 March 30. 1968 pinus ponderosa in Nebraska 25 Fig. 1 . Pinus ponderosa and adjacent prairie areas characteristic of the Pine Ridge escai-pment in northwestern Nebraska (Soil Conservation Service photo, 1960). prairie areas and to determine those factors which may be enhancing or inhibiting the advancement of the pine. This in turn may aid in a better understanding of the distribution of pine on the Pine Ridge escarpment. I'he study commenced in the spring of 1965 and ter- minated in the fall of that same year. Description of Study Sites Ten sample sites were located in Dawes County, Nebraska, all within six miles of each other and. therefore, were similar in tem- perature and precipitation. The annual precipitation is approxi- mately 17.97 inches, most of which occurs between the months of April and September; however, the amount of precipitation fluctu- ates within wide limits from year to year. The average temperature for January is 24.4° F and for July is 75.6° F (U. S. Dept. of Agri- culture, 1941). The average growing season is 146 days. The study sites varied somewhat in slope exposure, size, topography, and in vegetation marginating the pine stands. Sites A, B, and C were located in rather close proximity approxi- mately five miles south of Chadron. Nebraska, on IT. S. Highway 385 and then six miles southeast on Kings Canyon road. The prairie vegetation at the margin of these sites was primarily composed of Bouteloua gracilis^ B. hirsuta, B. curtipendula, Agropyron smithii. and Stipa comnta. The general slope exposure of site A was to the northeast, site B to the west, and site C to the north. The Great Basin Naturalist 26 J. L. MAIN AND E. S. NIXON Vol. XXVIII, No. 1 Sites D, E, and F were located approximately five miles south of Chadron on U. S. Highway 385 and three and one-half miles south- east on Kings Canyon road. Marginal prairie areas at sites E and F were characterized by the presence of an abundance of Andropogon scoparius and A. gerardi and the general slope exposure was to the east. Site D was different from E and F in that the northeast-facing slopes terminated in a bottom area with a dense growth of vegetation including such species as Poa pratensis, Symphoricarpos occidentalism and Rhus radicans. The top of the ridge was flat with well spaced pines and a ground cover of the grasses Stipa comata and Bouteloua curtipendula. The uppermost part of the ridge at site F was a sand- stone butte. The remaining sites (G, H, I, and J) were in and near Chadron State Park which is located nine miles south of Chadron on U. S. Highway 385. The uppermost portion of the ridges at sites G and H were sandstone buttes. Fhe general slope exposure was to the east and the more prominent prairie species were Andropogon scoparius and A. gerardi. Sites I and J sloped west and northwest, respectively, terminating in bottom areas. Representatives from the prairie in- cluded Stipa comata and Calamovilfa longifolia. There were also shrubs present such as Prunus virginiana and Symphoricarpos occi- dentalis and in some places patches of the grasses Poa pratensis and Panicum virgatum. Methods and Procedures Ridge areas were selected which projected into mixed prairie areas. Belt transects were run down the middle of the ridge and along the fringe areas of the pine stands. The transects varied in length from site to site but were all five meters wide. Ridge tran- sects followed the contour of the ridge while fringe transects followed the contour of the pine stands, beginning with the outermost tree and including all trees inward for five meters. The 947 increment borings were from pines over four cm in diameter. All trees with diameters four cm or less at a height of one meter are specified as seedlings. Other aspects noted were natural pruning and top structure. Three soil samples were taken at each site. Samples of the top eight inches were taken from under well established pines, from transition areas between pine and prairie, and from the adjacent prairie. Soil samples were collected in quart plastic bags, screened and air dried, and again stored in plastic bags. Duplicate samples were used for pH determinations. The pH of the soil was determined from a water-saturation per- centage preparation (Jackson, 1958) and measured on a Beckman Model 76 pH meter buffered at pH 6:86. Results Examination of the transition zones between pine stands and grasslands failed to produce any signs of retreating pine margins. To March 30, 1968 pin us ponderosa in Nebraska 27 the contrary, many areas showed young seedhngs established among grasses and other vegetation. The number of seedlings, however, was higher in the ridge transects than the fringe transects. It was noted that migration took place at a much faster rate in areas of soil disturbance and when in association with open stands of bunch- grasses such as Andropogon scoparius. Slope exposure also seemed to play an important role in encroachment. It was noted that migration took place on east- and north-facing slopes at a much faster rate than on west- and south-facing slopes. The mean diameter of all trees sampled was 16.73 cm. Because of the great variance in environmental factors, it was impossible to determine age by measuring the diameters of the trees. As a result, cores were used to determine the age of all trees encountered. The mean age of all trees sampled was 44.4 years, while the mean age for trees in the fringe transects was 31.3 years, and the mean age for trees in the ridge transects was 56.2 (Table 1). A difference of 24.9 years in average age between trees in the ridge and fringe tran- sects indicates that migration has taken place. Further evidence of migration is found in the age class results (Table 2). Of the 526 trees in the fringe areas, 78 percent were less than 36 years of age. In the ridge areas 55 percent of the 859 trees were less than 36 years of age. There were only 32 trees over 45 years of age in the fringe transects whereas in the ridge transects there w^ere 256 trees over 45 years of age. The age range for all trees sampled was from 12 to 274 years, and the diameter range from 4 to 57 cm at one meter in height. The average distance between ridge and fringe transects was 61.6 meters. ■ The average height of trees sampled was 7.9 meters while the average height of trees in the fringe transects was 7.5 meters and the average height of trees in the ridge transects was 8.3 meters (Table 1). Most trees in the sample sites had not dropped their lower branches and only 23 out of the 948 trees sampled had flat tops, indicating that most of the trees sampled were still growing. The soil pll of the toj) 8 inches ranged from 6 to 7.9. It would be reasonable to assume that the pH in the forest would be lower Table 1. Transect results comparing Pinus ponderosa in ridge and fringe areas. Transects Ridge Fringe Length of Transects (M) 1170.00 1290.00 Number of Trees 536.00 412.00 Nimiber of Seedlings* 323.00 114.00 Mean Density (M-) .15 .09 Mean Age (Years) 56.20 31.30 Mean Diameter (cm) 18.00 15.90 Mean Height (M) 8.30 7.50 *Trees with diameters 4 cm or less at one meter height are termed seedlings. The Great Basin Naturalist 28 J. L. MAIN AND E. S. NIXON Vol. XXVIII, No. 1 Table 2. Age and size class of Pinus ponderosa. Size' Ridge Fringe Age Ridge Fringe (cm) (Years) Seedlings** 323 114 Seedlings** 323 114 5-10 147 142 15-25 25 129 11-15 126 no 26-35 121 166 16-20 80 65 36-45 134 85 21-25 73 39 46-55 51 18 26-30 39 30 56-65 97 11 31-35 33 14 66-74 52 2 36-40 21 7 76-85 19 1 41-45 7 3 86-95 15 0 46-50 6 2 96-105 11 0 Totals 859 526 859 526 'Diameter at one meter height. * 'Trees with diameters 4 cm or less at one meter height are termed seedlings. than that of the grassland prairie due to the effects of the pine. This, however, was true in only three of the ten sample sites. The results of the soil sample analysis indicated no significant trends in pH from forest to prairie. Discussion At present, northwestern Nebraska is located within the Mixed Prairie vegetational type (Weaver and Bruner, 1954). However, scattered populations of Pinus ponderosa occur, the largest being on the Pine Ridge escarpment (Tolstead, 1947). Bessey (1895) stated that the distribution of P. ponderosa in Nebraska may have been much greater prior to settlement by white man. Extensive logging practices (Bessey, 1895) and fire (Wells, 1965) appear to be the basic causes of pine tree reduction. If the pines were recently re- moved, it could be assumed that the pines would begin to encroach into those areas from which it had been removed. This study seems to support this hypothesis since results indicate a reduction in average age of pine trees from ridge to fringe areas. There were also many seedlings encroaching into grassland, especially in areas of soil disturbance or open stands of bunchgrass. Potter and Green (1964) also found evidence of the advancement of pine into grass- land areas in western North Dakota emphasizing that encroachment generally occurred in more open prairie areas. The greatest obstruction to the encroachment of P. ponderosa into prairie areas appears to be the prairie vegetation. In this study, seedlings were more abundant in areas of disturbance or in more open grass stands. Tolstead (1947) stated that P. ponderosa is absent in some fringe areas due to inability of pine seedlings to compete with mixed prairie grasses. On the other hand, he found some trees present in tracks of old abandoned roads or trails. Potter and Green March 30, 1968 pinus ponderosa in Nebraska 29 (1964) also emphasized a competitive relationship between prairie vegetation (especially the grasses) and P. ponderosa indicating that this is a very important factor in pine seedling establishment in prairie areas. This is especially true in regard to soil moisture. They found that many sites in North Dakota would support pines if moisture conditions were proper. In the present study it was found that migration occurred at a faster rate on the east- and north-facing slopes. The })robable reason for this is that the prevailing summer winds are from the south and southwest and this would cause the south- and west- facing slopes to be drier. Nixon (1967) in his vege- tational study of a small area of the Pine Ridge found the density of pines on north-facing slopes to be three times as great as those on the south-facing slopes. Literature Cited Bessey, C. E. 1895. Notes on the distribution of yellow pine in Nebraska. Gard. and For. 8:102-103. Jackson, M. L. 1958. Soil Chemical Analysis. Prentice-Hall, Inc., Inglewood Cliff, N. J. 498 pp., illus. Nixon, E. S. 1967. A vegetational study of the Pine Ridge of northwestern Nebraska. Southwestern Nat. 12:134-145. Potter, L. D. and D. L. Green. 1964. Ecology of ponderosa pine in western North Dakota. Ecology 45:10-23. ToLSTEAD, W. L. 1947. Woodlands of northwestern Nebraska. Ecology 28: 180-188. United States Department of Agriculture. 1941. Climate and Man. Yearbook of Agriculture. Washington, D. C. 1248 pp., illus. Wells, P. V. 1965. Scarp woodlands, transported grassland soils, and concepts of grassland climate in the Great Plains region. Sci. 148:246-249. DERMACENTOR ANDERSONI IN NATIONAL FOREST RECREAIION SITES OF UTAH C. Selby Herring Shortly after the turn of the century, the Rocky Mountain wood tick, Dermacentor andersoni Stiles, was recognized as the principal vector of Rocky Mountain spotted fever in western North America. The presence of D. andersoni in the recreational sites of the foothills, canyons, and mountains of Utah still offers a potential threat to the health of man. Expanding human population and increased use of recreational facilities enhances this potential. The objective of this study was to determine the prevalence of adult ticks of D. andersoni in the recreational sites of Utah. The Rocky Mountain wood tick is known from northern New Mexico, northern Arizona, northeastern California, Nevada, Utah, western Colorado, western Nebraska, western South Dakota, south- western North Dakota, Wyoming, Montana. Idaho, northeastern Oregon, eastern Washington, and southern British Columbia, Alberta and Saskatchewan (Hooker. 1909; Bishopp, 1911; Hunter and Bish- opp, 1911; Cooley. 1938; Bishopp and Trembley, 1945; Gregson, 1956). In Utah it has been reported from every county except Car- bon County (Banks, 1908; Hunter and Bishopp, 1911; Edmunds, 1948. 1951; Coffey, 1953, 1954; Beck, 1955). Other records in the Department of Zoology and Entomology of Brigham Young Univer- sity show collections from Carbon County, as well as all other Utah counties. Much information relative to the distribution, ecology, and biol- ogy of D. andersoni and its relationship to Rocky Mountain spotted fever has been published by scientists working on the control of the wood tick and spotted fever in western Montana and Canada. Al- though the literature is replete with such reports, only the major works and those related directly to this study are cited in the "Results and Discussion" section of this paper. Grateful acknowledgment is made to Dr. Dorald M. Allred for valuable suggestions and help given during this investigation, and to Dr. D Elden Beck and Dr. Glen M. Kohls for their assistance and criticism of the manuscript. Mr. R. Clark Anderson, Recreation and Lands Staff Officer for the Uintah National Forest, supphed maps and valuable information on the recreational sites in the national forests of Utah. The Department of Zoology and Plntomology. Brig- ham Young University, Provo, Utah, supplied laboratory space, equipment, and supplies. Methods and Techniques Ninety-one recreational sites in the seven national forests of Utah were selected for study. Selection was based on geographic location, 1 . At Department ol Zoology and Entomology, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah, now Acarologj- laboratory, Ohio State University, Columbus. Ohio. 30 March 30, 1968 dermacentor andersoni in utah 31 automobile accessibility, elevation, size, and frequency of use as designated by the U. S. Department of Agriculture (1963). Table 1 lists the study areas in each national forest, and their locations are shown in Figure 1. Recreational sites were visited from the first week in May until the latter part of August in 1964. An unusually late spring, incle- ment weather, and distance made it difficult to visit most areas more than once, although 30 were visited two or more times. Adult ticks were collected by dragging a four-foot by three-foot white flannel ^ ASHLEY A Eli CACHE EZia DIXIE B ^ FISH LAKE WANT! LASAL 133 UINTAH WASATCH 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I le "^-^ /J \K pHUNTINOTON . OREeN RIVER COVE FORTl; /AHTUiONir l-.- L 2 ■'•■!■• ' 9 ' 10 12 ' 13 ' 14 ' 15 ' 16 ' 17 ' 18 Fig. 1 . Location of recreational sites used as study areas in the seven national forests of Utah. 32 C. S. HERRIN The Great Basin Naturalist Vol. XXVIII, No. 1 Table 1 . Recreational sites used as study areas in the seven national forests of Utah. (Refer to Figure 1 for specific geographic location.) National forest Map Map and ref. coor- Eleva- recreational site no. dinate tion Plant community ASHLEY Aspen Grove 1 G-12 7,500 Aspen-Spruce Carmel 2 E-5 6,500 Poplar-Spruce Green Lakes 3 E-17 7,100 Ponderosa Pine Greendale 3 E-17 7,000 Ponderosa Pine Hades Canyon 1 G-12 7,700 Aspen-Spruce Moon Lake 4 G-13 7,900 Lodgepole Pine-Aspen Palisades 2 E-5 7,000 Poplar-Ponderosa Pine Uintah Canyon 5 G-14 7.900 Ponderosa Pine-Aspen Uintah River 5 G-14 8.000 Ponderosa Pine-Aspen CACHE Friendship 1 B-9 6,000 Box Elder-Oak Guinavali 2 B-9 5,400 Willow-Box Elder Malibu 2 B-9 5,300 Willow-Box Elder Monte Cristo 3 C-10 8,400 Fir-Aspen Red Banks 4 A-9 6.500 Aspen-Willow Spring 1 B-9 6,000 Box Elder-Oak The Maples 5 D-8 6.200 Spruce-Fir Wildcat 5 D-8 6,200 Spruce-Fir Wood Camp 4 A-9 5,600 Box Elder-Willow DIXIE Cedar Canyon 1 U-5 8,000 Spruce-Fir Duck Creek 2 U-5 8,500 Aspen-Spruce-Fir Navajo Lake 3 U-5 9,000 Spruce-Fir Panguitch Lake 4 T-5 6,400 Ponderosa Pine Pine Lake 5 T-8 7,800 Ponderosa Pine Red Canyon 6 T-7 7,100 Ponderosa Pine-Juniper Spruce 3 U-5 9,000 Spruce-FLr Vermillion 7 T-5 6,600 Poplar-Spruce FISH LAKE Bowery 1 P-9 8.800 Aspen Buckskin Charley 2 N-7 6,100 City Creek 3 R-7 7,600 Aspen-Poplar Fish Creek 4 P-6 6,000 Poplar-Oak Kents Lake 5 R-6 7,900 Ponderosa Pine-Oak Mackinaw 1 P-9 8,800 Aspen Maple Grove 6 N-7 6,400 Oak-Box Elder Monrovian Park 7 P-8 6,300 Poplar-Oak Oak Creek 8 M-7 5.900 Maple-Poplar Ponderosa 5 R-6 7.000 Ponderosa Pine-Aspen Shingle Mill 2 N-7 6,000 Twin Creek 1 P-9 8,800 Spruce-Fir MANTI-LASAL Ferron Canyon 1 N-U 7,000 Poplar-Ash Ferron Reservoir 2 N-10 9,600 Spruce- Aspen Forks of Huntington 3 L-II 7,600 Spmce-Fir Gooseberry 4 K-10 8,400 Spruce-Aspen Huntington Canyon 3 L-11 7,800 Spruce-Aspen Lake Hill 5 M-10 8.500 Fir-Aspen Manti Community 6 M-10 7,400 Evergreen- Aspen Pinchot 7 N-9 7,000 Juniper-Oak Twelve Mile 8 N-10 9,800 Spruce Willow Lake 2 N-10 9,000 Spruce- Aspen March 30. 19()8 uiirmacentor andersoni in utah 33 Table 1 (continued) National forest Map Map and ref. coor- Eleva- recreational site no. dinate tion Plant conununity UINTAH Altamont 1 H-9 7,200 Aspen-Spruce Aspen Grove 2 H-9 6,800 Aspen- Poplar- Evergreen Balsam 3 T-10 6.000 Maple-Fir Bear Canyon 4 K-9 6,800 Poplar Bench 2 H-9 6,800 Aspen- Poplar-Evergreen Chicken Creek 5 L-9 6,200 Cottonwood 4 K-9 6,400 Poplar Dip Vat 6 MO 7,000 Spruce-Aspen Granite Flat 7 G-9 6,800 Spruce-Poplar Hawthorn 8 I-IO 6,000 Willow Hope 9 H-10 6,600 Box Elder-Oak Little Mill 10 G-9 6,000 Box Elder-Poplar Lodgepole n H-10 7,800 Lodgepole Pine-Aspen Maple Canyon 12 L-9 6,800 Poplar-Oak Mile Rock 10 G-9 6.400 Box Elder-Poplar Mutual Dell 1 H-9 6,600 Spruce-Fir Payson Lakes 13 J-9 8,000 Aspen Pines 4 K-9 6,200 Ponderosa Pine-Poplar Roadhouse 10 G-9 6,200 Box Elder-Poplar Silver Lake Flat 7 G-9 7,400 Spruce-Fir Summit 1 H-9 8,000 Aspen Timpooneke 1 H-9 7.400 Spioice-Aspen Tumbolt Park 14 J-9 6,200 Evergreen-Box Elder Warnick 10 G-9 6.200 Box Elder-Poplar Whiskey Springs 15 H-10 6,600 Box Elder-Poplar Wolf Creek 16 H-11 9.600 Fir WASATCH Beaver Creek 1 G-11 7,400 Lodgepole Pine-Aspen Bountiful Peak 2 E-9 7,500 Evergreen- Aspen Buckland Flat 3 E-9 6.900 Aspen-Oak Clover Springs 4 F-9 6,900 Evergreen-Aspen Fir Crest 4 F-9 6,800 Evergreen- Aspen Hayden's Fork 5 F-12 9.000 Lodgepole Pine-Aspen Main Boxelder 4 F-9 5.800 Box Elder-Oak Mirror Lake 6 F-12 10.200 Spruce-Lodgepole Pine Soapstone 7 G-12 8.000 Lodgepole Pine-Aspen South Boxelder 4 F-9 5.700 Box Elder-Oak Spruce 8 G-9 7.400 Spruce Stillwater 9 E-12 8.500 Lodgepole Pine-Aspen Sulphur 5 E-12 9.000 Spruce Lodgepole Pine Sunset 2 E-9 8.200 Oak Tanner's Flat 10 G-9 7.100 Aspen Terrace 4 F-9 6.200 Evergreen Maple Trial Lake 11 F-12 10.000 Spruce-Lodgepole Pine cloth slowly over the vegetation. Specimens adhering to the cloth were picked off. and transported to the laboratory in an ice cooler. Rach collection was standardized by correlating the time spent flag- ging with the number of ticks collected. Consequently, relative poj)u- lations are indicated on the basis of numbers of specimens collected per hour. The habitat from which ticks were taken was classified as to plant type, size, cover, and age. Vegetation types were categorized The Great Basin Naturalist 34 C. S. HERRIN Vol. XXVIII, No. 1 as (1) grass, (2) grass and/or herbs, and (3) grass and/or herbs and short shrubs. The vegetation sizes were arbitrarily designated as (1) short, less than 6 inches, (2) medium, six to 12 inches, and (3) tall, 12 to 24 inches. Designations for the degree of vegetative cover were (1) scanty, less than 25% cover, (2) sparce, 25% to 50% cover, (3) medium thick, 50% to 75% cover, and (4) thick, 75% to 100% cover. The age of the vegetation was considered in the three categories of (1) young, (2) seed head stage, and (3) the drying or dry stage. Results and Discussion distribution All the recreational sites from which D. andersoni adults were taken lie along the slopes of the Wasatch and Uintah Mountains, and in the Colorado Plateau country of southern Utah. Coffey (1953) noted a similar mountainous distribution for D. andersoni, but in other parts of the Great Basin this tick was uncommon. Three hundred fifty-eight adult D. andersoni (135 males and 223 females) were collected in 115 attempts. The highest population was 60 per hour at Kents Lake in Fish Lake National Forest. The next highest were 52.5 at Manti Community in Manti-Lasal National Forest, and 52 several miles north of Payson Lakes in Uintah Nation- al Forest. Populations above 25 per hour were also observed in six other areas (Table 2). The average collection rate for all attempted Table 2. Tick population density based on collection rates per hour for all collections. Areas where no ticks were found are omitted (see Table 1). National forest and recreational site I Popu] lation density )ate Males Females Total ASHLEY Moon Lake 16 July 0 1.7 1.7 Uintah River 15 July 2 0 2 CACHE Friendship and Spring 7 July 4 4 8 Guinivah and Malibu 8 July 0 1.2 1.2 Wood Camp 8 July 3 0 3 DIXIE Cedar Canyon 3 June 4 8 12 Pine Lake 3 June 0 2.4 2.4 Red Canyon 3 June 3 3 6 Vermillion 3 June 12 24.3 46.3 FISH LAKE Bowery 4 June 2.2 2.2 4.4 Buckskin Charley and Shingle Mill 2 June 6 0 6 City Creek 2 June 24 21 45 28 July 1.7 8.6 10.3 Fish Creek 2 June 4 16 20 Kents Lake 2 June 26 34 60 March 30. 1968 dermacentor andersoni in utah 35 Table 2 (continued) National forest and Popul lation density recreational site Date Males Females Total Mackinaw 4 June 0 1.7 1.7 Maple Grove 4 June 5.3 8 13.2 Monrovian Park 2 June 10.3 20.6 30.9 Oak Creek 2 June 0 7.5 7.5 Ponderosa 2 June 16.8 24 40.8 MANTI-LASAL Lake Hill 10 July 1.7 6.9 8.6 Manti Community 10 July 22.5 30 52.5 Pinchot 10 July 8 10 18 in NT AH Altamont 25 June 6 12 18 Aspen Grove 25 June 3 7.5 10.5 23 July 2.4 0 2.4 Balsam 6 May 2 0 2 27 May 4.4 3.2 7.7 23 July 0 1.7 - 1.7 Bear Canyon 28 May 0 2.2 2.2 Bench 25 June 0 12 12 Chicken Creek 4 June 4 0 4 Cottonwood 28 May 4.8 4.8 9.6 Granite Flat 26 May 5.3 9.3 14.7 25 June 4.5 3 7.5 Hawthorn 27 May 3 9 12 Little Mill 26 May 1.3 5.3 6.6 Maple Canyon 10 July 4 4 8 Mile Rock and Wamick 3 July 4 0 4 Mutual Dell 25 June 8 12 20 North of Payson Lakes 28 May 26 26 52 Pines 6 May 4 0 4 28 May 2.6 8 10.6 Silver Lake Flat 25 June 3 12 15 Timpooneke 25 June 8 22 30 23 July 2 0 2 Tumbolt Park 10 July 4 4 8 Whiskey Springs 10 June 8 12 20 WASATCH Beaver Creek 14 July 0 8 8 Buckland Flat 16 June 0 10.5 10.5 Fir Crest and Clover Spring 8 July 3 0 3 Soapstone 22 August 0 1.7 1.7 Sunset 7 July 0 2.4 2.4 Tanner's Flat 12 June 2 2 4 collections was 6.8 per hour. The population density data presented in Table 2 indicate a considerable variation in tick populations at different sites. When ticks were collected in high numbers they were generally found concentrated in small areas. These variations prob- ably are due to differences in biotic and abiotic factors present at different sites. Cooley (1932) indicated that the reason ticks are very abundant in one si)ot and not in another is that n>Tnphal ticks are droj)ped and molt in a particular spot, and the new adults remain in this spot to wait for a passing host. However, Cooley (1932) and The Great Basin Naturalist 36 C. S. HERRIN Vol. XXVIII, No. 1 Philip (1937) observed ticks to crawl "considerable" distances and become "moderately" concentrated along game trails and other areas where hosts are most likely to be encountered. The state was arbitrarily divided latitudinally into three sections: (1) a south part consisting of the Dixie and Fish Lake National Forests; (2) a middle part consisting of the Manti-Lasal and Uintah National Forests; and (3) a north part consisting of the Ashley, Wasatch, and Cache National Forests (Figure 1). The average popu- lation densities in these sections were 12.2 per hour in the south section. 8.6 in the middle, and 1.6 in the north. Based on number of collections, Coffey (1953) and Beck (1955), however, showed the wood tick to be more abundant in the northern half of the state. Their records reveal that although almost twice as many adults were collected from the northern half than from the southern half of the state, the average number of specimens per collection was 4.0 in the northern half and 8.2 in the southern half. More collection attempts likely were made by them in northern than in southern areas; thus, more collections and consequently more ticks were recorded from northern Utah. Their records support the implications in this study that, where ticks are present, population densities are greater in the southern part of the state. Highest populations were found between 6,500 and 7,500 feet elevation (Figure 2). No ticks were collected above 8,800 feet. The lower limit was not determined inasmuch as collections were made only as low as 5,500 feet in this study. This elevational distribution corresponds closely with that noted by other workers. Coffey (1954) recorded collections from elevations ranging between 6,000 and 8.000 feet and noted the lack of ticks on animals at 9.000 feet. Beck (1955) noted an abundance of ticks from elevations of 5,500 to 7,000 feet in the mountains surrounding Cedar Valley in Utah County, and in another area in central Utah from elevations of 6,100 to 7,000 feet. Ho (1962) indicated that the wood tick is usually found at ele- vations above 6,000 feet. Greater populations were found at higher elevations in southern than in northern Utah (Figure 2). The optimum elevations were 7,000 to 7,500 feet in southern areas and 6,500 to 7,000 feet in northern areas. This latitudinal difference in elevational distribution is also suggested by several notations in the literature. Bishopp (1911) reported the elevational range of D. andersoni to be 500 to 9,000 feet, but reaching its greatest numbers between 3,000 and 5,000 feet. His report dealt primarily with studies conducted in western Montana. Bishopp and King (1913) recorded the collection of ticks late in June at 7.200 feet in Colorado and at 5,500 to 6,500 feet early in July in western Montana. In their studies on Colorado tick fever in western Montana, Burgdorfer and Eklund (1959, 1960) collected wood ticks at elevations of 4,000, 5,000. 5,500, and 6,000 feet. In personal communication, Wilkinson (1954) stated that the Canada Department of Agriculture has records of collections from Baniff, Alberta at over 4,500 feet. Thus, the elevational distribution March 30, 1968 dermacentor andersoni in utah 37 25 - 24 - 23 — P~ 22 - 21 - 20 - ^ 19 - ^ 18 o hite winter pelage about 2 October. The smallest $ died 14 January 1967 of unknown causes while in winter pelage and was prepared as a specimen, Ecolog>- and Epizoology Research No. 16712. Conventional measurements in mm. were: 220 - 58-29-8; weight 32.1 g. On geographic grounds and because of its small size this specimen is referred to the subspecies Mustela erminea muricus (Bangs). — Elbert J. Lowry- and Harold J. Egoscue-. 1 . The work was accomplished under Dugway Proving Ground U. S. Army Research and Development Contract No. DA-42-007-AMC-227(R) with the University of Utah and reported as Ecology and Epizoology Research Contribution No. 1 39. 2. Ecology and Epizoology Research, University of Utah. Dugway, Utah 84022. BOOK NOTICE Taxonomic Review. Miridae of the Nevada Test Site and the Western United States. By Harry H. Knight. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull.. Biol. Ser., IX. (3): 1-282, 318 text-figs., 1968. ' This work is an exhaustive treatise of the mirids of the Nevada Test Site which is located about 70 miles northwest of Las Vegas, Nevada, in the southeastern part of Nye County. The area is approximately 1,300 square miles in size. It is included in the Las Vegas Bombing and Gunnery Range which consists of about 4,000 square miles. Dr. Knight has summarized his study as follows: "Approximately 5.000 specimens of plant bugs were collected at the Nevada Test Site between 1959 47 48 and 1965. Greatest emphasis was given to collecting from June 10-24, 1965, when the desert areas at the test site were unusually profuse with blooming vegetation. A total of 160 species i-epresenting 50 genera was taken at the test site. Of these, 7 genera and 96 species are new to science. "Comparative data for these and additional species from other parts of Western North America are also included. These represent an additional 449 species, of which 5 genera and 148 species are new to science. Altogether, 612 species of 122 genera are included in taxonomic kegs to the subfamilies, genera, and species of Western North America, including a total of 245 new species. "Distribution data are provided for each species, and host plant relationships are designated when known." This study was dedicated by Dr. Knight to the memory of the late Dr. D Elden Beck, who with Dr. Dorald M. Allred were the project supervisors of the United States Atomic Energv Commission contracts AT(11-1)1326 and AT(ll-l) 1355, 1962-1966— V.M.T. ( ^.>^«" Volume XXVin, No. 2 June 29, 1968 MUS. COMP. ZOOU. LIBRARY, The MAR 11971 HARVARD UNIVKRSITY, Great Basin pubushed by Brigham Young University GREAT BASIN NATURALIST Editor: Vasco M. Tanner, Department of Zoology and Entomology Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah Associate Editor: Stephen L. Wood, Department of Zoology and Entomology,, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah Members of the Editorial Board: Ferron L. Andersen (5), Zoology Jay V. Beck (3), Bacteriology Robert W. Gardner (1), Animal Science Joseph R. Murdock (4) , Botany Wilmer W. Tanner (2) , Zoology, Chairman of the Board Stanley L, Welsh (1), Botany Ex officio Members: Rudger H. Walker, Dean, College of Biological and Agri- cultural Sciences Ernest L. Olson, Chairman, University Publications, Uni- versity Editor The Great Basin Naturalist Published at Provo, Utah by Brigham Young Univebsity Volume XXVIII June 29, 1968 No. 2 ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NEVADA ORNITHOLOGY SINCE 1951 Richard C. Banks^ The most recent list of birds of Nevada, necessarily incorporating a review of the literature up to that time, is that published by Lins- dale in 1951. The extensive amount of new information on Nevada birds since Linsdale's summary has been published in a variety of books and journals. This compilation of references is a by-product of an effort to determine the status and distribution of certain birds in Nevada. It is presented with the hope that others who develop ornithological interests in that state will be spared the effort of com- piling their own lists. This list of annotated citations is presented with no claim that it is complete. No attempt has been made to ferret out all systematic reviews of species which may more or less casually mention a speci- men from the state; although some such papers have been included, undoubtedly many others have been overlooked. Most mimeo- graphed and "popular" publications have not been included. Two references included here predate Linsdale's 1951 paper. One (Hardy, 1949) was a|)parently overlooked by Linsdale; the other (Pulich and Phillips, 1951) appeared in print while Linsdale's paper was in press. Gordon W. Gullion graciously studied the original list of refer- ences which I had compiled and drew my attention to several others. His efforts are deeply appreciated. This list includes no papers published after December 31, 1967. Aldrich, John W. 1951. A review of the races of the Traill's flycatcher. Wilson Bull. 63: 192-197. Type specimen of Empidonax traiUii hrewsteri from Cloverdale, Nev.. considered a migrant of Pacific northwest population; breeding birds from southern Great Basin assigned lo E. t. extimus. 1967. Taxonomy, distribution and present status. Pp. 17-44 in The Wild Turkey and Its Management, Oliver H. Hewitt, ed. The Wildlife Society, Washington, D. C. Table gives population estimates of Meleagris galLopavo merriami in Nev.. 1961-1965. 1. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife; U. S. National Museum, Washinglon, 1). C. 49 The Great Basin Naturalist 50 RICHARD C. BANKS Vol. XXVIII, No. 2 Aldrich. John W.. and Allen J. Duvall 1955. Distribution of American gallinaceous game birds. Circu- lar 34, Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D. C. Range maps. 1958. Distribution and migration of races of the mourning dove. Condor 60:108-128. Specimens of Zenaidura macroura margi- nella from Nev. Alcorn, J. R. 1953. Food of the common merganser in Churchill County, Nevada. Condor 55: 151-152. Alcorn. J. R., and Frank Richardson 1951. The chukar partridge in Nevada. Jour. Wildl. Mgt. 15: 265-275. Introduction, establishment, and biology. Amadon, D. 1966. Confused nocturnal behavior of (? California) gulls. Condor 68:397-398. Observation near Reno; comments on Lake Tahoe area; April, 1964. American Ornithologists' Union 1957. Checklist of North American Birds. Fifth edition. Audubon Field Notes. Nearly every issue of this journal, published by the National AuduDon Society, contains information on birds in Nevada. Austin, George T., and W. Gren Bradley 1955. Bird records from southern Nevada. Condor 67:445-446. Dendrocygna bicolor — first record (spec.) for southern Nev.; Sphyrapicus varius daggetti; Toxostoma bendirei — fourth record (spec, iuv.) ; all Clark Co. 1966. Additional records for uncommon birds in southern Nevada. Great Basin Nat. 26:41-42. Florida caerulea; Aythya marila — sight rec, March. 1964; Gallinula chloropus; Mniotilta varia; Setophaga picta — second record (sight), Colorado River, April, 1963; Spiza americana; all Clark Co. Banks. Richard C. 1964. Geographic variation in the white-crowned sparrow Zonotrichia leucophrys. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 70. 123 pp. Nev. breeding populations discussed; subspecific name Z. /. leucophrys considered correct instead of Z. /. oriantha. Banks, Richard C, and R. Guy McCaskie 1964. Distribution and status of the Wied crested flycatcher in the lower Colorado River Valley. Condor 66:250-251. Mention of Nev. records of Myiarchus tyrannulus magister. Behle, William H. 1956. A systematic review^ of the mountain chickadee. Condor 58:51-70. Parus gambeli abbreviatus in northwestern Nev.. P. g. inyoensis in most of rest of state. June 29, 1968 nf.vada ohnithologv 51 Behle. William H., and Robert K. Selander 1951. A new race of dusky grouse {Dendragapus obscurus) from the Groat Rashi. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 64:125-128. New- race D. o. orcinus resident in Snake Range. Ruby Mountains, and Toyabe Range of Nevada; list of Nev. specimens examiiuHl. Bond. Gorman M. 1963. Geograi)hic variation in the thrush Hylocichla ustulata. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 114:373-387. Nev. breeding specimens as- signed to //. u. altnae; discussion of type of this race, from Nev. Bump, Gardiner, and W^ayne 1 1. Bohl 1964. Summary of foreign game bird pro{)agation and libera- tions 1960 to 1963. Spec. Sci. Report Wildlife no. 80, Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife. Includes details of introduction of Francolinus franro/inus a.siae, Francolinus pondlcerianus inter- positus, I^terocles cxiistus Hindustan, Phosianus colchirus hianchii^ and Tetraogallus hinwlayensis in Nev. Bureau of Fisheries and Wildlife 1956. Birds of Ruby I^ke National Wildlife Refuge. Refuge I^eaflet 156. Mimeo. 3 pp. 1967. Ruby Lake National Wildlife Refuge. Refuge Leaflet 98-R. Mimeo. 6 pp. Mentions several common birds; trumpeter swans "well established at Ruby Lake and have spread out to other areas in northeastern Nevada." 1967. Birds of the Desert National Wildlife Range. Refuge Leaflet 132-R-3. Mimeo. 4 pp. Seasonal status of 236 species, with list of 19 others "recorded only once or twice." Many im- j)ortant records, but not documented. List largely represents work by, and is compilation of. Dr. Charles G. Hansen, refuge biologist. Burleigh. Thomas D. 1960. Geographic variation in the western wood pewee {Conto- pus sordidulus) . Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 73:141-146. Nev. pewees assigned to Contopus sordidulus veliei; =^ C. virens richardsnnii of Linsdale's 1951 list. 1960. Three new subspecies of birds from western North America. Auk 77:210-215. A specimen of Sitta canadensis from Nev. assigned to new race S. c. clariterga. Chambers. Glenn D. 1965. Summary of foreign game bird proj)agation; 1964. and liberations; 1960-1964. Supplement to Special Scientific Rei)ort — Wildlife no. 80, Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife. Wash- ington, D. C. Data on release, and results, of Francolinus fran- colinus asiae, Francolinus pondiceriarnis interpositus, Picrocles exustus Hindustan, and Fetraogallus Jiinialaycnsis- su|>plement.s Bump and Bohl. 19()4. 1966. Summary of foreign game bird ])ropagation 1965, and liberations 1960-1965. Su})j)lement to Special Scientific Report — The Great Basin Natvtralist 52 RICHARD C. BANKS Vol. XXVIII. No. 2 Wildlife no. 80, Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, Wash- ington, D. C. Data as in Chambers. 1965. with addition of Phasianus colchicus bianchii and "Afghan white- winged pheasant ringneck cross"; supplements Bump and Bohl, 1964, and Chambers, 1965. Christensen, Glen C. 1954. The chukar partridge in Nevada. Nevada Fish and Game Comm.. Biol. Bull. 1. 77 pp. Distribution, life history, and management. 1958. The effects of drought and hunting on the chukar part- ridge. Trans. 23rd North Amer. Wildl. Conf. : 329-341. Correla- tion between range conditions and chukar production. 1963. Sand grouse released in Nevada found in Mexico. Condor 65:67-68. Details of release of Pterocles exustus hindustan in Nev. in 1960 and 1961. Christensen, Glen C, and Wayne H. Bohl 1964. A study and review of the common Indian sandgrouse. Spec. Sci. Report Wildlife no. 84, Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife. Includes details of introductions of Pterocles exustus hindustan in Nev. Cottam, Clarence 1954. Bird records for Nevada. Condor 56:223-224. Aegolius acadicus, Ixoreus naevius, and Dendroica toujnsendi, Clark Co. Crispens. Charles G., Jr. 1960. Quails and Partridges of North America: A Bibliography. Univ. of Washington Press, Seattle. 125 pp. Cites many Nev. references. Crunden, Charles W. 1963. Age and sex of sage grouse from wings. Jour. Wildl. Mgt. 27:846-849. Work done in Nev. Davis. John 1951. Distribution and variation of the brown towhees. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 52:1-120. Nev. specimens and population of Pipilo aberti dumeticolus considered. Edminster. Frank C. 1954. American Game Birds of Field and Forest. Charles Scribner's Sons. New York. 490 pp. Cites information on several game species from Nev. Evans. Raymond N. 1967. Nest site movements of a poor-will. Wilson Bull. 79:453. Evenden, Fred G., Jr. 1952. Additional bird records for Nevada. Condor 54:174. Falco peregrinus — nest, Elko Co.; Charadrius alexandrinus — first evidence of nesting in Nev.. downy young seen. Lyon Co.; Sphyrapicus thyroideus — nesting. Elko Co.; Cyanocitta stelleri — Lander Co.; Parus atricapillus — Churchill Co.; last in 1950, others in 1949, no specimens. June 29. 1968 Nevada ornithology 53 Fri'.iuis. Willium J. 1967. Confused behavior of gulls in relation to weather condi- tions. (>)n(lor ()9:6()9. Response to Aniadon. 1966. French. Norman H. 1959. Distribution and migration of tiie black rosv finch. (Con- dor 61:18-29. Giles, LeRoy W.. and David B. Marshall 1954. A large heron and egret colony on the Stillwater Wildlife Management Area, Nevada. Auk 71:322-325. A colony of an estimated 1,191 nests and three smaller colonies in 1950. with Nyctirorax nycticora r, .irdea Iwrodias, Leucophoyx ffiula, (ms- mcrodius alhus, and Plegadis rne.iicana; Lahontan Valley. Gullion. (iordon W. 1952. The Hudsonian curlew in Nevada. (>ondor 54:62. First record (sight, crippled bird) of Nurnenius hudsonicus; Clark Co., July. 1951. 1952. Recent bird records from southern Nevada. Condor 54: 204. Aix sponsa — new record (spec.) for southern Nev., Clark Co.; Aythya marila — Clark Co.; Eupoda montana — first for southern Nev., Nye Co.; all 1951. 1953. Additional bird records from southern Nevada. Condor 55:160. Eupoda montana; Scarda fella inca — first record (sight). Clark Co.; Colunihigallina passer! na — first record (s[)ec.). Clark Co.. actually second record, cf. Hardy. 1949; Zonotrirhia alhi- collis — second record (spec). Clark Co.; all in 1952. 1956. .\n ancient murrc4et in northeastern Nevada. Condor 58: 163. Synthihoramphus antiquus — first record (spec). Elko. Elko Co., Nov., 1955. 1956. Evidence of double-brooding in Gambel (juail. Ccmdor 58:232-234. 1956. The current status of the starling in Nevada. Condor 58:446. Sturnus vulgaris — in winter in nearly all j)arts of state; nesting record near Elko. 1956. Let's go desert quail hunting. Nevada Fish and Game Comm.. Biol. Bull. 2. 76 pp. A lot of gcM)d biological informa- tion written in a narrative. po|mlar style. 1957. Miscellaneous bird records from northeastern Nevada. Condor 59:70-71. Buteo lagopus — "the common wintering Buteo in this part of the state"; Sp/iyrapicus thyroideus — second record in northeast Nev. (sight); Parus atricapillus — second record (sight), eastern Nev.; Troglodytes troglodytes — fourth record for Nev.. first for eastern part (sight); Toxostoma rufum — first record for Nev.. (sight, banded). Nov. 1955-April 29. 1956. Eureka Co.; Bomhycilla garrulus; Hesperipliona res pert ina — "common and regular fall and sj)ring visitant in Elko area"; Leucosticte atrata; Leucosticte tephrocotis — race L. t. littoral is (sight) -.Acanthi s flammea — spec; Spinus tristis — Nov. Elko Co.; The Great Basin Naturalist 54 RICHARD C. BANKS Vol. XXVIII, No. 2 Loxia curvirostra; Zonotrichia querula — third record for state, first for northeast. Elko Co.. Nov.. actually fourth record (cf. Linsdale, 1936, 1951) 1957. Precocial strutting in sage grouse. Condor 59:269. In Elko Co. 1957. Ganibel quail disease and parasite investigations in Ne- vada. Amer. Midi. Nat. 57:414-420. 1960. The migratory status of some western desert birds. Auk 77:94-95. "a total of 23 species (19 percent) among about 120 native birds breeding in Nevada's desert regions spend their win- ters in the Central American tropics, or farther south." 1960. The ecology of Gambel's quail in Nevada and the arid southwest. Ecology 41:518-536. 1962. Organization and movements of coveys of a Gambel quail population. Condor 64:401-415. Study in Clark Co. 1964. Wildlife uses of Nevada plants. U. S. Nat. Arboretum, Contributions toward a Flora of Nevada, no. 49. 1 70 pp. Mimeo. 1965. A critique concerning foreign game bird introductions. Wilson Bull. 77:409-414. A discussion with considerable ref- erence to the program in Nev. Gullion, Gordon W., and Glen C. Christensen 1957. A review of the distribution of gallinaceous game birds in Nevada. Condor 59: 128-138. Gullion, Gordon W.. and Ardelle M. Gullion 1961. Weight variations of captive Gambel quail in the breed- ing season. Condor 63:95-97. 1964. Water economy of Gambel quail. Condor 66:32-40. Gullion, (Jordon W., and Leonard W. Iloskins 1956. Noteworthy bird records from northeastern Nevada. Condor 58:295. PoUoptUa caerulca — nesting, near Elko, north- ernmost record; Lanius excubitor — five records for Elko Co. (2 specs.); Lanius ludovicianus — December. Gullion. Gordon W.. Warren M. Pulich, and Fred G. Evenden 1959. Notes on the occurrence of birds in southern Nevada. Condor 61:278-297. An extensive list of species, but admittedly not complete, of birds in the Mohave Desert region of Nev. Records included are: Lophodytes cucuUatus — record for south- ern Nev. (sight); Cathartes aura — first winter record for state. Jan. (sight); Zenaida asiatica — apparently extending range; Asyndesmus lewis — spring records; Dendrocopos pubescens — first record for southern Nev. (sight) ; Myiarchus tyrannulus — second record in Nev.. first outside Colorado River drainage (sight); Progne subis — first records since 1868; Toxostoma ben- direi — second and third records for state (spec, sight); Toxo- stoma curvirostre — first for Nev. (sight); Hylocirhla ustulata — first record for southern Nev. (sight, banded); vermivora ruji- June 29. 1968 Nevada oknithology 55 capilla — second record in southern Nev. (sight); 'Aonotricliia atricapilla — fourth record for state, first in southern Nev. (spec.) Hardy, Ross 1949. (jround dove and black-cliinned sparrow in suulliern Nevada. (Condor 51:272-273. Columhigallina passerina — first record for Nev. (sight), Clark Co., 1945; Spizella atrogularis — breeding. Lincoln Co.; reference not cited by Linsdale. 1951, and apparently overlooked also by Gullion, 1953. Hayward, C. Lynn, Merlin L. Killpack. and Gerald L. Richards 1963. Birds of the Nevada test site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci Bull.. Biol. Ser. 3(1): 1-27. Comments on collection records and status for "about 192 kinds of birds" in southern Nye Co.; si.x new records for Nevada, three of species, three of subspecies, all based on specimens, are: Plurialis dominica dominica; Erolia rnelanotos; Hylocichla guttata oroniela; Ilylocichla ustulata ustu- lata; Carpodacus purpureus californicus; Calcarius lapponicus lapponicus; comments on other unusual species are for: Micropa- lama hirnantopus; Tyrannus vociferans; Dumetella caroUncnsis; Zonotric/iia atricapilla. Hickey, Joseph J. 1951. Mortality records as indices of migration in the mallard. Condor 53:284-297. Some data from Nev. Hoskins, Leonard W. 1953. Sight record of yellow-shafted flicker in south Idaho. Murrelet 34:48. The bird was on a fence post making the boun- dary of Nev. and Idaho. Howard, Hildegarde 1958. An ancient cormorant from Nevada. Condor 60:411-413. Bones from cave in Pershing Co. identified as Phalacrocorax auri- tus, similar to j^resent northwestern population of the sj)ecies. Howell. Thomas R. 1952. Natural history and differentiation in the yellow-bellied sapsucker. Condor 54:237-282. Distribution of Sphyrapicus varius nuchalis and S. v. daggetti in state. Johnson, Ned K. 1952. Additional records of the rough-legged hawk in Nevada. Condor 54:65. Buteo lagopus widespread winter visitant in north- ern part of state. 1953. Dipper eaten by brook trout. Condor 55: 158. 1954. Food of the long-eared owl in southern Washoe County, Nevada. Condor 56:52. 1954. Notes on some Nevada birds, (ireat Basin Nat. 14:15-18. Melanitta deglandi; Falco col urn bar i us; (liaradrius hiaticula semipalmatus — fall spec; Totanus melanoleucus; Krolia alpina; Limnodromus scolopaceus; Ereunetes mauri — March record; Tyto alba; Dendrocopos albolarvatus — first reports since 1889. The Great Basin Naturalist 56 RICHARD C. BANKS Vol. XXVIII, No. 2 Lake Tahoe and Reno (sight); Thyromanes bewickii; Bombycilla garrulus — Reno; Bombycilla cedrorum; Amphispiza bilineata — early spring dates; many of above are county records. 1956. Birds of the piiion association of the Kawich Mountains, Nevada. Great Basin Nat. 16:32-33. 1956. Recent bird records for Nevada. Condor 58:449-452. Parabuteo unicinctus — second record in Nev. (sight), Clark Co.; Catoptrophorus semipahnatus — first (actually second, cf. Mar- shall and Alcorn, 1952) nesting record in state; Glaucidium gnoma californicum — first record (spec.) for state, several locali- ties in Carson Range; Dendrocopos scalaris cactophilus; Sayornis nigricans semiatra — first breeding record in state (spec), Lin- coln Co.; Empidonax difficilis difficilis; Hylocichla guttata — first records of H. g. slevini in Nev. (specs.); Regulus satrapa; Vermi- vora luciae — range extension to north; Dendroica occidentalis — summer resident; Leucosticte tephrocotis — first records of L. t. dawsoni and second record of L. t. wallowa in Nev. (specs.), Washoe Co.; Leucosticte atrata — winter record, Washoe Co. (specs.); Passerella iliaca — first records of P. i. sinuosa and P. i. unalaschensis and second records of P. i. fulva and P. i. olivacea in Nev. (specs.), first in Esmeralda Co.. others in Washoe Co.; most records in 1954. 1958. Notes on the red crossbill in Nevada. Condor 60: 136-138. Specimens from many localities; allotted to Loxia curvirostra grinnelli or L. c. benti, both races perhaps intergrading with L. c. bendirei. 1963. Biosystematics of sibling species of flycatcher in the Em- pidonax Jiammondii-oberholseri-wrightii complex. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 66:79-238. Specimens from Nev. listed; range maps. 1965. The breeding avifaunas of the Sheep and Spring Ranges in southern Nevada. Condor 67:93-124. Results of work in Clark Co. in 1963; most important records include: Meleagris gallopavo — dates of introduction given; Columba fasciata — second record for state (spec), breeding in Spring Range, assignment to C. f. monilis tentatives; Otus flammeolus flammeolus — first rec- ord for southern Nev. (spec), breeding; Glaucidium gnoma cali- fornicum— only verifiable record in Nev. away from Carson Range (spec); Caprimulgus vociferus arizonac — first record for Nev. (spec), possibly breeding; Sphyrapicus varius — intergrad- ing of races S. v. nuchalis and S. v. daggetti; Sphyrapicus thyroi- deus nataliae — summer resident, breeding; Empidonax difficilis — race E. d. hellmayri breeding; Sitta canadensis — apparently breeding; Sialia mexicana bairdi — range extension; Helmitheros vermivorus — first record for Nev. (spec); Parula americana — first record for Nev. (spec); Dendroica graciae graciae — first record for Nev. (specs), breeding; Geothlypis trie has campicola — second record for state (spec); Setophaga picta picta — first record for Nev. (spec), perhaps breeding or pioneer colony; Piranga flava hepatica — first record for Nev. (spec). June 29. 1968 nkvada oRNixHOLociY 57 Jolmson, Ned K., and Hicliard (>. Hanks 1959. Pine grosbeak and Lawrence goldfinch in Nevada. Con- dor 61:305. Pinicola enucleator — first record for state (spec), race P. e. californica, Washoe Co.; Spinas lawrencei — first rec- ord for state (spec). (]lark Co.; both 1958. Johnson. Ned K.. and Frank Richardson 1952. Supi)lenientary bird records for Nevada. Condor 54:358- 359. Mareca penelope — (Correction to linsdale. 1951. seen at Reno in 1944, no spec, in 1948; Ruteo swainsoni — range exten- sion; EroUa hairdii — second record (s[)ec.) since 1872; 7,cjioida asiatica — second record for state (sight). Nye Co.; Asio flam- meus — nest; Stellula calliope; Auriparus jlaviceps — range exten- sion, first breeding outside Colorado River drainage; Regulus satrapa; Sturnus vulgaris; Mniotilta varia — second record for Nev. (sight); Icterus cucullatus — second record for state (spec) probably breeding. Nye Co.; Molothrus ater — race M. a. obscurus breeding, Nye Co. Johnson, Ned K.. and Ward C. Russell 1962. Distributional data on certain owls in the western Great Basin. Condor 64:513-514. Otus flammeolus flammeolus — sec- ond record for state (si)ec.). Washoe Co. Ijanyon. Wesley E. 1961. S[)ecific limits and distribution of ash-throated and Nut- ting flycatchers. Condor 63:421-449. Maps show Nev. speci- mens of Myiarchus cinerascens cinerascens. Linsdale. Jean M. 1951. A list of the birds of Nevada. Condor 53:228-249. The starting point for this list; and up-dated condensation of his 1936 work, "I'he Birds of Nevada," Pacific Coast Avifauna no. 23. Long. Pauline, and Florence E. Poyser 1965. A record of the groove-billed ani in southern Nevada. First record (sight) of Crotophaga sulcirostris, Clark Co., Dec, 1964. MacDonald. Duncan, and Robert A. Jantzen 1967. Management of Merriam's turkey, pp. 493-534 in The Wild Turkey and its Management. Oliver H. Hewitt, ed. The Wildlife Society. Washington. D. C. Information on introduction of Meleagris gallopavo merriami in Nev. Manville, Richard H. 1963. Altitude record for mallard. Wilson Bull. 75:92. 21.000 feet, between Battle Mountain and Elko. Marshall, David B., and J. R. Alcorn 1952. Additional Nevada bird records. Condor 54:320-321. Chen caerulescens — first record for Nev. (mounted display spec). Churchill Co.; Chen rossii — first record for Nev. (spec). Church- The Great Basin Naturalist 58 RICHARD C. BANKS Vol. XXVIII, No. 2 ill Co.; Ay thy a valisineria — breeds, Elko Co.; Clangula hy emails — first record for Nev. (mounted trophy specs.), Churchill Co.; Perdix perdix — not hsted by Linsdale, 1951, well established in northern part of state; Alectoris graeca; Charadrius alexandrinus — breeding, Churchill Co.; Catoptrophorus semipalmatus inorna- tus — first evidence of breeding, young seen, Douglas Co.; Sturnus vulgaris. Marshall. David B., and LeRoy W. Giles 1953. Recent observations on birds of Anaho Island, Pyramid Lake, Nevada. Condor 55:105-116. Pelecanus erythrorhynchos; Phalacrocorax auritus; Ardea herodias; Branta canadensis; Anas platyrhynchos; Larus californicus; Mergus merganser; Hydro- progne caspia — third nesting record for Nev.; observations in 1950 and 1951. Marshall, Joe T., Jr. 1967. Parallel variation in North and Middle American screech- owls. Monog. Western Foundation of Vertebrate Zoology no. 1. 72 pp. Nev. populations of Otus asio in race aikeni. Miller, Alden H. 1955. The breeding range of the black rosy finch. Condor 57: 306-307. Leucosticte atrata breeding in Jarbidge Mountains. Elko Co., a range extension. Miller, Alden H., and Ward C. Russell 1956. Distributional data on the birds of the White Mountains of California and Nevada. Condor 58:75-77. Dendragapus fu- ll ginosus slerrae; Aegollus acadlcus acadlcus — breeding; Sltta canadensis — summer resident; Regulus satrapa ollvaceus — breed- ing; Loxla curvlrostra grlnnelll — family groups seen; field work in 1954. Munyer, Edward A. 1965. Inland wanderings of the ancient murrelet. Wilson Bull. 77:235-242. Occurrence of first Nev. record (cf. Gullion. 1956) related to weather. Norris. Robert A. 1958. Comparative biosystematics and life history of the nut- hatches Sltta pygmaea and Sltta pusllla. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 56:119-300. Nevada populations considered; S. pygmaea melano- tls in northwest part of state. S. p. canescens in south. Phillips. Allan. Joe Marshall, and Gale Monson 1964. The Birds of Arizona. Univ. of Arizona Press, Tucson. 212 pp. Some references to adjacent parts of Nev. Pitelka, Frank A. 1951. Speciation and ecologic distribution in American jays of the genus Aphelocoma. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 50: 195-464. Nev. specimens and populations considered; race A. coerulescens nevadae in state. June 29. 1968 Nevada ornithology 59 l^)rtor, Richard D. 1955. The Hungarian partridge in Utiih. Jour. Wildl. Mgt. 19:93-109. Some mention of Nev. Proceedings of the Annual Conferences of the Western Association of State Game and Fish Conunissioners. These mimeographed rej)orts contain papers by persons from Nev. which are concerned mainly with management of game species. Pulich, Warren M. 1952. The Arizona crested flycatcher in Nevada. Condor 54: 169-170. First records (spec.) of Myiarchus tyrannulus magister in state, Clark Co., probably breeding. Pulich, Warren M., and Gordon W. (lullion 1953. Black-and-white warbler, dickcissel. and tree sparrow in Nevada. Condor 55:215. Mniotilta varia — spec, records; Spiza americana — first records (sight, one banded), Clark Co.; Spizella arborea — Clark Co. record. Pulish. Warren M., and Allan R. Phillips 1951. Autumn bird notes from the Charleston Mountains, Nevada. Condor 53:205-206. Colaptes auratus borealis; Colaptes collaris; Sitta caroUnensis; Sitta pygmaea; Certhia jamiliaris; Regulus satrapa — races R. s. amoenus and R. s. apache, southern record of species in state (specs.); Regulus calendula; Carpodacus cassinii; Spinas pinus; Junco; Zonotrichia. 1953. A possible desert flight line of the American redstart. Condor 55:99-100. Includes records for Clark Co. Richards, Gerald 1962. Wintering habits of some birds at the Nevada atomic test site. Great Basin Nat. 22:30-31. Notes on Eremophila alpestris, Carpodacus mexicanus, Aniphispiza belli, Sturnus vulgaris, Falso mexicanus, Falco sparverius, and Buteo lagopus; Nye Co.. winter 1960-61. Richards, (jerald L. 1965. Prairie falcon imitates flight pattern of the loggerhead Shrike. Great Basin Nat. 25:48. Dec. 1962. Nye Co. Richardson, Frank 1952. A second record of the indigo bunting in Nevada. Condor 54:63. Passerina cyanea, Nye Co., June, 1951 (spec). Rickard, W. H. 1960. An occurrence of the rose-breasted grosbeak in southern Nevada. Condor 62:140. Pheucticus ludovicianus. second record (sight), Clark Co., 1959. 1961. Notes on bird nests found in a desert shrub community following nuclear detonations. Condor 63:265-266. Buteo swain- soni; Tyrannus vertical is; Sayornis sexy a; Eremophila alpestris; Mimus polyglottos; Carpodacus mexicanus; Aniphispiza bilineata; Spizella breweri; Nye Co., 1958-1960. The Great Basin Naturalist 60 RICHARD C. BANKS Vol. XXVIII, No. 2 Rogers. Glenn E. 1963. Blue grouse census and harvest in the United States and Canada. Jour. Wildl. Mgt. 27:579-585. Some data for Nevada. Ryser, Fred A. 1963. Prothonotary warbler and yellow-shafted flicker in Ne- vada. Condor 65:334. Protonotaria citrea — first record for Nev. (spec), south of Reno; Colaptes auratus luteus — first record of this race in Nev. (spec). Schorger. A. W. 1966. The Wild Turkey — Its History and Domestication. Univ. of Oklahoma Press. Norman. 625 pp. "Two plantings of Mer- riam's turkeys, totaling nine males and tliirty-five females, were made in the Spring Mountains, western Clark County, on Febru- ary 8, 1960, and March 6, 1962. . . ." (]). 451). Schultz, Vincent 1966. References on Nevada Test Site ecological literature. Great Basin Nat. 26: 79-86. Includes references to papers on birds, and much else of interest to biologists. Selander, Robert K. 1954. A systematic review of the booming nighthawks of west- ern North America. Condor 56:57-82. Nev. localities for Chor- deiles minor hesperis. Smith, Bill 1966. A second record of ancient murrelet from Nevada. Con- dor 68:511-512. Synthliboramphus antiquum from Carson City, Ormsby Co., Nov., 1965 (spec). Stewart, Robert E., and John W. Aldrich 1956. Distinction of maritime and prairie populations of blue- winged teal. Proc Biol. Soc Wash. 69:29-36. Nev. specimens examined referred to Anas discors discors. Tsukamoto, George K. 1966. Some notes on birds of Elko County, Nevada. Condor 68:103-104. Acanthis flammea; Cyanocitta stelleri — first records (two sightings) in county, northernmost in eastern Nev. Weaver, Harold R., and William L. Haskell 1967. Some fall foods of Nevada chukar partridge. Jour. Wildl. Mgt. 31:582-584. Wooten, Michael, and David B. Marshall 1965. Heermarm gull in Nevada. Condor 67:83-84. Larus heermanni — first record for Nev. (photo); Pyramid Lake, Washoe Co.. June. 1961. Wick. William Q. 1955. A recent record of the sharp-tailed grouse in Nevada. Condor 57:243. Flock of 12 Pedioecetes phasianellus seen, Hum- bodlt Co. BIRD RFX:ORDS FOR CLARK COUN'rY NEVADA George T. Austin and W. Glen Bradley' The following sight records by Austin include one species not previously reported from Nevada and s,eYcn not reported from Clark County. The specimen of Virginia Rail is deposited in the Biology Museum, Nevada Southern University at I-as Vegas. Phoenicopterus ruber. American Flamingo. On 20 October 1962 on the shore of Lake Mead near Overton, an individual was observed for 30 minutes. Although in all proba- bility it was an escaped bird, its color was bright. Buteo lagopus. Rough-legged Hawk. A bird of light phase observed near Overton on 22 December 1962 appears to be the first record for Clark County. Rallus Umicola. Virginia Rail. A specimen (B-235) was collected by Bradley at Henderson Slough on 27 February 1964. Observations were made at the same locality on 5 March 1964 and 7 April 1965 and at Tule Springs on 30 March 1964. These are the first records for Clark County. Erolia nielanotos. Pectoral Sandpiper. There is one record for the Nevada Test Site. Nye County, Nevada (Ilayward. et. al., 1963:9). Two observed at Overton Beach on 4 October 1964 constitute the first record for Clark County and the second for Nevada. Larus argentatus. Herring Gull. Individuals observed at Overton Beach on 22 December 1962 and 1 February 1964 are the first records for Clark County. Asio jlammeus. Short-eared Owl. An individual sighted at Henderson Slough on 5 March 1964 is the first record for Clark (x)unty. Trogolodytes trogolodytes. Winter Wren. Individuals observed on 22 and 30 December 1963 at (lilcrease Ranch, northwest of Las Vegas are the first records for Clark County. 1. Uepat'tniciit of Riological Sciences, Neva(l;i Soulliom Uiiivoislty, I.as Vegas, Nevada. 61 The Great Basin Naturalist 62 AUSTIN AND BRADLEY Vol. XXVIII, No. 2 Lanius excubiter. Northern Shrike. An adult observed at close range (breast barring very evident) near Tule Springs on 29 September 1 962 is the first record for Clark County. Richmondena cardinalis. Cardinal. A male was observed in a mesquite thicket along the road to Red Rock Canyon in the Spring Range on 4 February 1962. This is the first record for Nevada. References Cited H-^YWARD, C. L., M. L. KiLLPACK, AND C. L. RicHARDs. 1963. Birds of the Nevada Test Site. Brigham Young University. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser. 3:l-#27. SPAWNINCi ECOLOGY OF THE WHIIE BASS ROCCUS C/JRYSOPS (RAFINESQUE) IN UTAH LAKE, U'1AH> Frederic Vincent- Utah Lake, located in Utah County, north central Utah, is one of the most important natural fishing lakes in the state. The soecies of prime importance to the fisheries of the lake are the Channel Catfish, Ictalurus punctatus, (Rafinesque) and the Walleye, Stizo- stedion vitreum vitreum (Mitchill). Of increasing importance to the sport fisheries is the White Bass, Roccus chrysops, (Rafinesque). This species was introduced into Utah Lake in the summer of 1956 when 209 fish were transplanted from Colorado. No subsequent plantings have been made. Since its introduction, the White Bass has shown a phenomenal increase in numbers. This large lake lies in a north-south axis and is slightly over 20 miles long. The extreme east-west axis is slightly over six miles wide. Surface area at maximum capacity is 95,900 acres (Lawler, 1960). Average depth in June 1966 was eight feet (Figure 1). The lake is unique in that it lies in the center of an arid region (annual rainfall of approximately 15 inches) and receives water from clear fjr*-k.,. ■iXj / Ltfei P»«» Slorw. V /J>N^ V- 'TV low Barn ^"^^il P«IHl« PM \ UTAH LAKE :f. &*i«n Rtlarl k'ikm Fw* Rim ^^«f^ 0.s??^Sj ^ fsj^^ "^^E^-'' " ^ -y^'s c,-. Fig. 1. Outline map of Utah Lake showing major tributaries and points of reference. 1. This study was made possible through the financial support of the Utah Stale Department of Fish and Game, I wish to express my gratitude to Donald .\ndriano. Chief of Fisheries, for giving supjmrt t(i this work. 1. Fisheries Biologist, Utah Slate Department of Fish and (.anic I'rivcntly with the U. S. Fish and \\'ildlife Service, Ixiconia, New Hampshire. 63 The Great Basin Naturalist 64 FREDERIC VINCENT Vol. XXVIII, No. 2 mountain streams, yet it is always turbid. The shallowness of the lake basin and the persistent winds stirring the mud and silt of the lake into the water are responsible for the turbidness. Summer tur- bidity measured after normal winds during August 1959 reached a maximum of 45 ppm SiOj equivalents (Arnold, 1960). Because of the irrigation demands of Salt Lake Valley, the lake is constantly fluctuating. Surface water temperatures never ex- ceeded 72 °F. during the period of this study, although Lawler (1960) reported 82°F. readings in 1959. The study of the spawning ecology of the White Bass in Utah Lake was initiated in 1964 and completed in 1966. The principal objectives of this study were: (1) to locate the spawning grounds and (2) describe the activities of the Bass prior to, during, and after spawning. Publications concerning various phases of life history and homing of the White Bass are numerous. Hasler and Henderson (1963), Lewis (1950). McNaught and llasler (1961), Sigler (1947). (1949a, 1949b). and Horrall (1956 and 1961) have contributed greatly to the overall knowledge of this species. Biggs' study (1955) on the reproduction of the White Bass in Shafer Lake. Indiana, is one of the few comprehensive works regarding spawning of this species. History White Bass were introduced into Utah Lake in the summer of 1956 from fish obtained from the Colorado Ciame, Fish and Parks Department. Ten years after its introduction, the species had spread throughout Utah Lake, up into its tributaries and north along the Jordan Biver (including its tributaries) to Salt Lake City. Fhe range has been extended within the state recently with a limited introduc- tion into Delta Beservoir near Delta, and Willard Bay Beservoir near Ogden. Utah. The natural range of the White Bass was originally Minnesota, Wisconsin. Michigan and the Great Lakes, especially Lake Erie (Hubbs and Lagler, 1947). Stocking throughout the country has extended the range of the White Bass south along the Mississippi and Ohio Biver drainages to the Gulf States of Alabama, Mississippi and Florida, and southwest into Texas, Oklahoma, New Mexico and Arizona. The densest populations can be found in Texas and Okla- homa, notably Lake Texoma (Sigler and Miller, 1963). Hubbs et al. (1947) reported that the range of the White Bass extended east through New York via the St. Lawrence Biver to the city of Quebec. A recent introduction into Lahontan Beservoir. Nevada, from bass taken from Utah Lake appears to have been successful. This is believed to be the most westerly successful introduction of this species. In January 1967. 150 White Bass from Utah Lake were flown to California Department of Fish and Game personnel for introduction into Nacimiento Beservoir north of Paso Bobles. The success of this stocking effort has yet to be determined. June 29, 1968 whitf. bass, utah lake 65 Study Ahka From the beginning of this study, it was felt that the White Bass in Utah Lake would likely seek out firm bottom types for spawning. As only five percent of Utah I^ike's basin has a firm bottom composition, chances were that the spawning grounds could be located in the first summer's study. However, all possibilities had to be carefully checked. Sampling began in mid-June 1965 near the southern portion of (roshen Bay. This was somewhat later than anticipated because of equipment j)roblems. Four gill nets, two floating types used for sam- I)ling to a depth of six feet and two divers for bottom and interme- diate zone samples with identical mesh sizes, were fished at the same time but in different locations. Net specifications were as fol- lows: 125 feet long, six feet deep with stretch mesh sizes from y^. inch to 1 %, inches. Each net consisted of five sections, 25 feet ])er section. The four gill nets were deployed so that the combined sets could cover as much area as possible. The nets were moved after a set had been pulled and reset in a new location, usually one to three miles from the previous set. There were times when all four nets were set in one area; however, the nets were usually fished in pairs in different locations. During mid-June and July of 1965. neither the unisexual schools of females usually located near spawning grounds nor the unisexual schools of mature males found on the spawning grounds were lo- cated. Nets placed in the only major inflowing water, Provo Biver. failed to sample any bass during the study period, thus eliminating all areas as to possible spawning sites except the suspected hard bot- tom areas of Lincoln Beach and Bird Island. Of the 111 males col- lected in 1965, 88 or 79.3 percent were subadults'; and of the 49 females collected, 44 or 89.9 percent were subadults. Numerous gill net sets were made along Lincoln Beach and off Bird Lsland in order to determine the range of spawning activity during the s[)ring and summer of 1966. No spawning activity could be found off Bird Island; however, spawning activity was discovered off Lincoln Beach, which was then divided into three sampling areas of 3,000 feet in order to determine the range of utilization for spawn- ing (Figure 2). Sample area I consisted of the west boat basin along the south shore past the rocky out-croppings (see Figure 2). Two small warm water springs were located in this area in three feet of water. Temperatures in each spring were a constant 81° F. during the course of the study. The lake bottom bordering the adjacent section II consisted mostly of ledge rock and rubble and extends into the lake no more than 200 feet. Toward the west boundaries of sec- tion I the bottom material changes to mud and organic silt. The lake basin sam[)le area II is comj)osed entirely of ledge rock and rubble. This rock formation extended out into the lake a dis- .i. a subadult is defined ns a Bass too yoiinK t(i spawn (ir one llwit will sp.iwii tlic fdllciwinf^ year. 66 FREDERIC VINCENT The Great Basin. Naturalist Vol. XXVIII. No. 2 SECTION I SECTION m \ r^ ... Fig. 2. Lake bottom types off Lincoln Beach, from photograph and ground observations, September 7, 1966. tance of 750 feet. Distances from shore would markedly vary with surface fluctuations in this shallow littoral zone. The maiority of spawning occurred in this area. Section III lies to the west of the large bay into which Benjamin Slough empties. The only areas of ledge rock occurred adjacent to section II. The lake basin, 10 feet off shore and south to the east boat basin, was composed of mud and organic silt. Two large warm water springs occur in this area. Water temperatures in these springs varied from 71° to 75°F. throughout the length of the study. Spawning Migrations Unisexual Schooling Prior to Spawning It is generally agreed by various workers that White Bass gather together in large unisexual schools prior to spawning. Riggs (1955) noted that unisexual schooling was first apparent in Buckey Lake, Ohio, when water temperatures reached 58 °F. In Utah Lake, signs of unisexual schooling first appeared when water temperatures reached 52°F. in mid-April. Small numbers of mature males were taken off Lincoln Beach during this period, but it was not until water temperatures reached 56°F. in late April that numerous homogenous groups of mature male bass appeared in gill net sets. At no time during the study were large unisexual schools of mature female White Bass located in Utah Lake. Riggs (1955) and Sigler (1949a) noted that mature females were captured from deeper water, often just off shoals or tributary mouths. Extensive gill net- tings in shoal areas near Lincoln Beach failed to locate these female June 29, 1968 white bass, utah lake 67 unisexiuil schools. Gravid female bass were taken in nets on the spawning grounds prior to, during, and after spawning, but never in large numbers. However, a limited number of gravid females were sampled in the large area between Greer .Vccess and Bird Island lead- ing the author to believe that this area is the schooling location for the gravid females prior to movement to the s{)awning grounds off Lincoln Beach, a distance of three miles. It was also of interest to note that no immature bass of either sex were ever taken on the spawning site during or just prior to spawning. The first large number of mature male bass to be captured off Lincoln Beach in net sets a})peared the first week of April. Their number did not seem to increase significantly after this earlier ob- servation, although sets made one month later produced larger males than did the earlier sets. On May 6, 1966, when water temperatures had reached 63 °F., the first gravid females appeared over the sj)awn- ing area. From all indications, it a[)pears that the gravid females migrate to shoal areas in small numbers, spawn, and then return to the area off Greer Access, never remaining over the shoal longer than is necessary to spawn. Reproduction Spawning Site The only spawning activities observed during the course of the study were in the area off Lincoln Beach. There was no attempt to spawn near the Bird Island shoals, although the bottom composition is identical with that off Lincoln Beach (rubble interspersed with ledge rock and boulders). There is no evidence to explain why the bass selected Lincoln Beach and not Bird Island or why they were not found utilizing both locations, as they are only separated by 1.5 miles of water. Spawning activities around Lincoln Beach were restricted to an area beginning near the East Boat Basin and extending west to about 0.25 mile east of the boat basin near the old resort. Spawning activi- ty extended out from shore a distance of 15 feet over the ledge rock but never beyond this bottom type into the mud (Figure 3). White Bass were taken by gill nets in stands of Tamarix. Tarnarir pcntan- dra, that has been inundated by high water. However, the actual spawning took place in oi)en water, 10 to 15 feet off shore. Eggs were taken off the ledge rock in 60 inches of water. This type of rock is quite porous and affords good holdfasts for the demer- sal and adhesive eggs. Water Temperatures The first observed spawning activity on Utah Lake occurred on May 6, 1966, when surface tem[>eratures off Lincoln Beach were 63°F. The females continued to spawn through the muldle of June when surface temperatures reached a maximum of 69 °F. Males 68 FREDERIC VINCENT Tlie Great Basin Naturalist Vol. XXVIII. No. 2 Fig. 3. Map of Lincoln Beach area, showing lake contours in feet, and principal areas of spawning (shaded). moved over the spawning site during late March and early April when surface temperatures ranged between 48° to 52°F. Utah Lake water was found to be homothermic during the spring and early summer months. Duration of Spawning The first ripe, partially spawned-out female was taken in a gill net on June 10, 1966. It was shortly after this (on June 15) that spawned-out females were captured. Spawning activity lasted from 10 to 15 days on Utah Lake, although other investigations have found that the spawning periods lasts from five to ten days. Behavior During Spawning Owing to the extreme turbidity of the water in Utah Lake, actual spawning activities were never observed. Ripe males could be taken in nets throughout the day or night over the ledge rock, but most activity occurred in the late evening and early morning. Gravid females were never taken prior to 0400 and never after 0900 hours. Spawning bass generally come within six to eight inches of the sur- face; this is then followed by a confused scramble with many fish milling in wild gyrations about a central fish. Immediately after this there appears a cloudiness, apparently caused by emitted sperm. The fish then return quickly to their original locations. By the first part of July, bisexual schools of bass could be found feeding in the Mud Bay area of the lake, indicating that the imisex- ual populations soon unite to form into large and fairly rapidly mov- ing feeding schools. By Mid-August, adult females as well as males were found together throughout the lake. June 29, 1968 whitk bass, utah lake 69 I.ITKRATUKK C^ITED Aknoi.I). Bii.i.Y li. 1960. Life history notes on the Walleye, Stizostedion vitreurn uilreuni (Mitchill), in a turbid water, Utah Lake, Utah. Utah Fish and Game Department Federal Aid Project F-4-R-5 Job T. 107 pp. Hasler, a. D. and H. Francis Henderson. 1963. Instrumentation problems in the study of homing in fish. Bio-Telemetry. 195-201. HoRR.\M., R.M. 1956. Introductory study of the White Bass, Lepiberna chrysops (Raf.), in Lake Mendota, Wisconsin. M.S. Thesis, University of Wisconsin. — . 1961. A comparative study of two spawning populations of White Bass, Roccus chrysops (Rafinesque), in Lake Mendota, Wisconsin, with spe- cial reference to homing behavior. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Wisconsin, Madison. HuBBS, C. L. AND K. F. L.'^gler. 1947. Fishes of the Great Lakes region. Cran- hrook Inst. Sci.. Bull. No. 26:i-xi,l-186. Lawler, Robert E. 1960. Obsei-vations on the life history of Channel Catfish, Ictalurus punctatus (Rafinesque), in Utah Lake, Utah. Utah Fish and Game Department Federal Aid Project. 69 pp. Lewis, Robert E. 1960. Obser-vations on the life history of Charmel Catfish, Ictalurus punctatus (Rafinesque), in Utah Lake, Utah. Utah Fish and Game Department Federal Aid Project. 69 pp. McNaught, Donald C. and Arthur D. Hasler. 1961. Surface schooling and feeding behavior in the White Bass, Roccus chrysops (Rafinesque), in Lake Mendota. Limnology and Oceanography, 6(l):53-60. RiGGs, Carl D. 1955. Reproduction of the White Bass, Morone chrysops. Inves- tigations of Indiana lakes and streams. Department of Zoology, Indiana Univ., 4:87-109. SiGLER, William Franklin. 1947. The life history and management of the White Bass, Lepiberna chrysops (Rafinesque), in Spirit Lake, Iowa. Iowa State College Jour. Sci., 22: (1)71-73. . 1949a. Life history of the White Bass, Lepiberna chrysops (Rafi- nesque), of Spirit Lake, Iowa. Iowa Agr. Exp. Sta. Res. Bull., 366:203 244. 1949b. Life history of the White Bass in Storm Lake, Iowa. Iowa State College, Jour, of Sci. 23(4) : 31 1-316. SiGLER, William F. and Robert Rush Miller. 1963. Fishes of Utah. Utah State Department of Fish and Game. 203 pp. REMARKS ON THE TYPE SPECIMEN OF BUFO ALVARIUS GIRARD M. J. Fouquette, Jr.i The Colorado River Toad, Bufo alvarius, occurs in lowland areas of southern Arizona and adjacent corners of southeastern California, southwestern New Mexico and northeastern Raja California, through most of Sonora, and into northern Nayarit. Mexico. It is one of the largest anurans in the U. S., sometimes exceeding seven inches, snout to vent. Kellogg (1932) reviewed the taxonomy of the species and was not able to satisfactorily define the holotype or type locality. The toad was originally described, in a brief paragraph, by Girard (1859), in Baird's report of the survey of the U. S. -Mexican boundary. The description was terminated with. "Valley of Gila and Colorado. A. Schott." No types were designated, nor were any specific specimens cited. Cope (1889) later reported that the "... species is as yet known from a single specimen ... in the National Museum." He listed the specimen, "No. 2572 . . . Fort Yuma, Cal.; A. Schott." This specimen would then seem to be the holotype. However, Kellogg (1932) pointed out that USNM No. 2572 was actually collected by Maj. G. H. Thomas, and that the entry for No. 2571 indicated two specimens of Bufo alvarius from " Sierra de la Union y Charcos de la Nariz," collected by A. Schott. He further noted that the drawings of Bufo alvarius which were re- produced in Baird's report had a notation in Baird's handwriting, "Sierra de la Union." which would seem to indicate one of the speci- mens No. 2571. Kellogg could not locate either of the specimens cataloged as No. 2571, but he designated all three specimens repre- sented by Nos. 2571-2572 as co-types (in the sense of syntypes). Cochran (1961) listed only one specimen among the types in the National Museum, "Cotype: 2572, Fort Yuma (Imperial County), California. G. H. Thomas. 1855." James A. Peters (pers. comm.. April 1968) confirms that the two specimens No. 2571 are still missing, and notes that it is unlikely that they will be found, as every bottle in the USNM collection was handled during the move into the new wing, and the two Bufo were not among them. As Kellogg (1932) pointed out. the locality of the missing Schott specimens (2571) does not agree with the locality given by Girard, whereas the locality of the Thomas specimen (2572 does conform. Cope (1889) apparently was unaware of the 2571 catalog entry, and probably did not consult the catalog, listing Schott as collector by virtue of the information in Girard's (1859) description. Schmidt (1953) restricted the tvpe locality to "Colorado River bottom lands below Yuma. Arizona," with no indication of his basis for this. Although Girard (1859) d^d not designate a type specimen, it seems reasonable to assume that the type series consisted of USNM 1. Department of Zoology, Arizona Stale Universitj', Tempe 70 June 29, 1968 type ch< bui-o alvarius 71 Nos. 2571 arid 2572. in spite of certain inconsistencies. Kellogg (1932) made this assumption in designating these specimens as co- types (=syntypes). However. Cope (1889) preceded Kellogg in considering USNM No. 2572 as the holotyj)e, by implication; i.e., he was the first to designate a [)articular specimen to the nominal spe- cies, and the specimen was from what must be assumed to be the type series, and assumed by Cope to be the only sj)ecimen. If we accept the series 2571-2572 as syntypes. then Cope (1889), in es- sence, designated USNM No. 2572 as the lectotype of Bufo alvarius. by implication, even though this, was not his intent. Thus. I suggest that U. S. National Museum No. 2572 be recognized as the lectotype of Bufo nli'arius Girard. in accordance with Article 74(a) of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (1964). The speci- mens represented by USNM No. 2571 become paralectotypes should they ever be located (Recommendation 74E). Should one not agree that Cope's work constitutes designation of a lectotype, then by pro- vision of Article 74(a), I so designate USNM No. 2572. from among the syntypes designated by Kellogg (1932). USNM No. 2572 is from old Fort Yuma. California, across the Colorado River from Yuma. Arizona, near the junction with the Gila River. Thus, the locality given bv Girard (1859) seems clearly referable to this specimen. It would seem necessary to reject or modify Schmidt's (1953) restriction of the typo locality, and restrict it instead to the locality of No. 2572; i.e.. Fort Yuma. Imperial County, California (on the north bank of the Colorado River, op- posite its junction with the Gila River). I have examined USNM No. 2572, and it is a well-preserved, though bleached example of the species. Girard's (1859) type de- scription is very brief and generalized. It says nothing that conflicts with USNM No. 2572. Likewise, the drawing (Plate 41, Fig. 1-6) agrees in all essentials with the specimen at hand. Cope (1889) described this specimen in detail, and provided good drawings of the head and feet. Fo Cope's description may be added the information that the specimen is female, with pigmented ovarian eggs. Some minor corrections might also be made. Cope described the tym- panum as round, although his drawing clearly and correctly indi- cated that it is actually oval, distinctly higher (10.3 mm) than wide (9.2 mm). The length of the eye fissure is 14.8 mm, so that the greatest diameter is actually less than the three-fourths of the eye fissure length claimed by Cope. In describing the extent of the paro- toid gland he noted that the gland reaches a position ". . . nearly on a level with the posterior border of the membranum tympanic This should read ". . . the ventral border of the membra num. . ." Cope also failed to note the distinctive long, narrow, oval gland occuj\ving most of the upper surface of the forearm. In re-measuring the sj)ecimen. I find that the total length given by Cope is also in error. He gives .165 M (=:165 nmi). whereas I measure 143 mm, snout to vent. His measurement undoubtedly was 145 mm and somehow this was transposed to 165 in print. My other measurements do not differ significantly from Cope's. The Great Basin Naturalist 72 M. J. FONQUETTE. JR. Vol. XXVIII. No. 2 In comparing the type with more recent samples of female Bufo alvarius of the same and larger size, from the vicinities of Phoenix, Arizona, and Alamos. Sonora, it is obvious that the lectotype has a relatively much broader head than any of these. If samples from the vicinity of Yuma should show the same difference, this might suggest that perhaps there has been a tendency toward a narrower head in the intervening 100 years. Thanks are due James A. Peters for the loan of the type-speci- men in his care, and for the information on the other specimens as noted. Literature Cited Cochran, D. M. 1961. Type specimens of reptiles and amphibians in the U. S. National Museum. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 220:1-291. Cope, E. D. 1889. The batrachia of North America. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 34:1-525. GiRARD. C. 1859. In: Baird, S. F.. United States and Mexican Boundary Survey. Reptiles of the boundary. Washington. 35 pp. -f- +1 pl- International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. 1964. International Tioist for Zoological Nomenclature. London. 1 76 pp. Kellogg, R. 1932. Mexican tailless amphibians in the United States National Museum. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 160:1-224. Schmidt, K. P. 1953. A check list of North American amphibians and reptiles. Amer. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., Chicago. 280 pp. FLEAS OF THE NATIONAL REACTOR TESTINC; STATION' Dorald M. Allred- From June, 1966 to September, 1967, 4050 mammals and 561 birds were examined for ectoparasites at the National Reactor Testing Station in southern Idaho (Table 2; Figs. 1,2). This paper lists the fleas which were collected. A previous report (AUred, 1968) dis- cussed the area, field activities, study sites, techniques, and ticks collected. I am indebted to Dr. D Elden Beck for the identification of most of the fleas prior to his untimely death in August, 1967. Dr. William DUBOIS BLACKFOOT Fig. 1. Geographic position of the National Reactor Testing Station in southeastern Idaho. 1. BYU-.\F.(; report no. C001559-2. 2. Department artly stout, almost scalelike; smaller species 19 19(18). Anterolateral angles of pronotum armed by a row of small, basally contiguous asperities; ground vestiture on elytral disc hairlike, the median row of stout bristles on each interspace at least as long as distance between rows and spaced within rows by similar distances; Costa Rica; 2.0-2.3 mm. (Fig. 17) perplexus Wood Anterolateral angles of pronotum unarmed; ely- tral ground vestiture on disc stout, more than half as long as erect bristles, the bristles more closely spaced within the row, not more than two-thirds as long as distance between rows 20 20(19). Male frontal impression extending two-thirds of distance to upper level of eyes, convex above; epistomal callus narrowly carinate, occupying median two-thirds, its upper slope and lower third (or more) of impressed area bearing long, reddish, ornamental bristles; female e|)istomal callus evident, one transverse row of simple setae present; pronotum more coarsely strigose; strial punctures largely confluent; declivital striae rather strongly impressed; Mexico; 2.2- 2.5 mm atavus Wood Male frontal impression extending about to upper level of eyes; epistomal callus reduced, not oc- cupying more than median half in either sex, not ornamented by setae, except for long, fine, hair on lateral and upper margins of impression of male; })ronotum obscurely strigose, rather closely granulose; strial punctures mostly dis- tinct; declivital striae only moderately im- pressed; Honduras; 1.9-2.5 mm annectens Wood 21 (17). Elytral striae on disc very strongly impressed, the sutural interstriae carinate, others essentially bicarinate, with median area subsulcate and uniseriately punctured between elevated mar- gins, vestiture hairlike; female carina almost straight, extending from eye to eye at level of occular emargination 22 Discal interstriae flat or convex, never carinate, punctures confused, vestiture usually abundant, scalelike; female carina crescent-shaped, the arms extending dorsolaterad. usually shorter and usually located somewhat lower on frons 23 The Great Basin Naturalist 96 STEPHEN L. WOOD Vol. XXVIII, No. 2 22(21). Smaller, 2.0-2.3 mm.; female Irons above carina shining, usually with a few minute points; ground vestiture on elytral declivity less abun- dant, the major setae usually finer and longer; pronotal rugae usually slightly coarser; Pana- ma and Costa Rica (Fig. 18) costulatus Blandford Larger, 2.8-3.1 mm.; female Irons above carina reticulate, dull; decli vital ground vestiture more abundant, the major setae usually coarser and shorter; pronotal rugae usually finer; Guatemala to Venezuela (Fig. 19) .... porcatus Blandford 23(21). Elytral apices extended posteriorly and broadly emarginate at suture; declivital interspaces 1, 5 and 9 elevated; discal ground vestiture on ely- tra consisting of broad scales, each scale almost as wide as long; Costa Rica and Panama; 1.7- 2.1 mm. (Fig. 20) squanwsus Wood Elytra rather broadly rounded behind, the discal vestiture on elytra slender, each seta at least four times as long as wide; declivital inter- striae not conspicuously elevated -... 24 24(23). Female transverse frontal carina occupying more than two-thirds width of frontal area (at level of antennal bases), its lower margin (in median area) at level of antennal insertion; punctures of pronotum rather large, not oriented in longi- tudinal rows, rarely confluent; elytral vestiture consisting of rows of long slender bristles to base, the very short, sparse, ground vestiture confined to declivity; Costa Rica; 2.0-2.3 mm. (Fig. 21) frontalis Wood Female carina much shorter, usually located well above level of antennal bases; punctures of pro- notum mostly oriented in longitudinal rows of four or more entirely obliterated by longitudi- nal confluence; ground vestiture on elytra more widely distributed and usually propor- tionately longer 25 25(24). Eyes more widely separated, separated by at least 1.8 times width of an eye 26 Eyes more narrowly separated, separated by less than 1 .6 times width of an eye (if doubtful, fe- male frontal carina short) -- 30 26(25). Female transverse frontal carina narrow, width of frons at level of antennal insertion more than 4.0 times transverse length of carina 27 June 29, 1968 key to species of cnesinus 97 Female carina broad, width of frons at level of antennal insertion less than 2.9 times transverse length of carina 29 Figs. 18-26. Cephalic aspect of heads or posterolateral aspect of clj-tral declivity (no. 20) of Cnesinus spp. 18, costulatus; 19, porcatus; 20, squamosus; 21, frontalis; 22, minax; 23, atrodeclivis; 24, strigicollis; 25, minitropis; 26, setulosus. The Great Basin Natxiralist 98 STEPHEN L. WOOD Vol. XXVIII, No. 2 27(26). Female frons rather strongly, transversely im- pressed immediately above carina, rather strongly convex at and above upper level of eyes; female carina very strongly elevated, al- most as high as transverse length of apex; most of setae in declivital ground vestiture almost as wide as long, the longer, erect setae almost twice as long as ground vestiture; Costa Rica and Panama; 1.8-1.9 mm denotatus Wood Female frons more nearly flattened, the carina much less strongly elevated; setae in declivital ground vestiture slender, usually four or more times as long as wide and two-thirds or more times as long as major setae 28 28(27). Female frons weakly convex above carina; fe- male carina conspicuously elevated; eyes sepa- rated by 1.8 times width of an eye; declivital striae feebly impressed; Mexico; 2.5-3.3 mm. (Fig. 22) minaz Schedl Female frons flattened from just below carina to above upper level of eyes; female frontal carina low, feebly elevated; eye separated by 2.2 times width of an eye; declivital striae rather strong- ly impressed; Honduras; 0.2-2.3 mm. (Fig. 23) atrodeclivis Wood 29(26). Discal vestiture on elytra rather coarse, the major, erect setae blunt, wider distally; female frontal carina longer, the distance between eyes only 1.8 times length of carina; interstrial granules on declivity moderately large; southeastern United States; 2.2-2.7 mm. (Fig. 24) strigicollis LeConte Discal vestiture on elytra fine, the major erect setae usually pointed, not expanded distally; female frontal carina shorter, the distance be- tween eyes 2.4 times length of carina; inter- strial granules on declivity absent; Mexico; 2.5-3-1 mm carinatus Wood 30(25). Striae on elytral declivity more strongly im- pressed, the interspaces rather narrowly convex (except lower half of 2 in some specimens) and each armed by a row of small rounded gran- ules; distance between eyes exceedingly vari- able, 0:6-1.6 times width of an eye, but com- monly constant within a series, possibly a poly- typic species; Mexico to Panama; 1.8-2.6 mm. setulosus Blandford June 29, 1968 key to species of cnesinus 99 Declivital striae feebly if at all impressed, the interstriae not elevated or armed by granules (occasional males with feeble granules on upj)er half); eyes separated by 1.0 or more times width of an eye; larger species 31 31(30). Frontal carina in female longer, the distance be- tween eyes less than 3.5 times as long as carina; discal interstriae armed by sparse rows of very fine, rounded granules; longest declivital bris- tles usually much more than twice as long as ground scales; Honduras to Columbia; 2.6-3.3 mm adusdcus Wood Frontal carina in female short, low, the distance between eyes more than five times greater than length of carina; discal interstriae devoid of granules; longest bristles on elytral declivity usually much less than twice as long as ground vestiture; Costa Rica; 3.0-3.5 mm minitropis Wood Species Omitted Two described species from Mexico are unknown to me except for the original descriptions and notes recently supplied by their author Dr. K. E. Schedl. According to Schedl's notes quaesatus Schedl and garrulus Schedl (An. Esc. Nac. Cienc. Biol., Mexico 1:331. 332. 1940) would fit into the above key near elegantis and gibbulus. He considered the male type of quaesatus to be synony- mous with gibbulus. However, males of elegantis and gibbulus are almost indistinguishable. Since both are known only from the type series, Guatemala and Costa Rica respectively, it would appear the suspected synonymy is incorrectly applied to the Mexican quaesatus and it will be necessary to await availability of the type to resolve the question. The type of garrulus evidently is a female of a distinct sjiecies closely allied to gibbulus; it has a much smaller, more nearly tu- berculate, median, epistomal elevation than does the latter species. It is entirely possible quaesatus and garrulus could represent opposite sexes of one species. The species represented in the key by the names setulosus and paleatus is an unusually variable species with resj)ect to the size and spacing of eyes and in the sculj^ture of the j)ronotum. Although in- dividual series may be very constant with respect to these char- acters, almost no two series are exactly the same. Because of this it is very possible that setulosus., paleatus and possibly ocularis repre- sent only extreme examples of the same species. It will be noted that several names of species described from Central America and Mexico have been omitted from the key. These names were omitted because of synonymy that will be published in The Great Basin Naturalist 100 STEPHEN L. WOOD Vol. XXVIII, No. 2 a later j)aper. A possible exception may be adustus Schedl which cannot be correctly determined until the type is available for study. Cnesinus gibbulus, n. sp. Fig. 14 This s])ecies and gibbosus, described below, are rather closely related. According to Schedl, who examined a specimen of gibbosus, they are allied to gibbus Chapuis, from Venezuela. Among species of this genus known to me they are unique. They can easily be distinguished from one another by characters given in the key to species above. Female. — Length 2.6 mm. (paratypes 2.4-2.8 mm.), 2.5 times as long as wide; color dark brown. Frons transversely, concavely impressed at level of antennal bases, convex above, lower area largely occupied by a large median rhomboidal (subtriangular in some specimens) elevation, wider than long, with sides precipitous, the upper two sides closely pubescent, the elevation near but not reaching epistomal margin; flattened sur- face of elevation and convex surface above very minutely, trans- versely substrigose, lateral areas and vertex with fine punctures; vestiture other than on brush of elevation, sparse, inconspicuous, limited to lateral areas. Pronotum 1.06 times as long as wide; sides straight and parallel on basal two-thirds, broadly rounded in front; punctures rather small, deep, mostly less than twice as long as wide, about a third of them confluent; scanty vestiture limited to anterior area and margins. Elytra 1.6 times as long as wide, 1.9 times as long as pronotum; sides almost straight and parallel to declivital base, broadly rounded behind; striae impressed, the punctures rather small, individually, rather deeply impressed; interspaces about twice as wide as striae, marked by a few irregularly placed transverse lines, the punctures small, shallow, in rather indefinite rows. Declivity convex, steep; striae 1 rather strongly impressed, others less strongly impressed, the impression reduced toward apex; interstriae moderately convex, with small, deep punctures. Vestiture largely confined to declivity, fine hairlike, rather long, mostly in interstrial rows except absent on sutural interstriae. Male. — Similar to female except elevation reduced to a low, transverse, medially impressed ridge, pubescence equal to female; transverse frontal impression long and with a pair of small, rounded, lateral calluses; and elytral declivity more strongly impressed medially. Type Locality. — Villa Mills on Cerro de la Muerte, Cartago Prov., Costa Rica. Host. — Quercus sp. Type Material. — The female holotype. male allotype, and 14 paratypes were collected at the type locality on June 26, 1966 June 29, 1968 key to species of cnesinus 101 (labeled August 1 in error), at an elevation of 3,100 m., by S. L. Wood, from a small broken oak branch. The holotype, allotype, and paratypes are in my collection. Cnesinus gibbosus, n. sp. Fig. 15 The only allied species known to me is gibbulus, described above, from which this species is readily distinguished by characters given in the key to species above. Female. — Length 3.3 mm. (paratypes 2.8-3.5 mm.), 2.5 times as long as wide; color dark brown. Frons strongly, transversely impressed just above level of anten- nal bases, convex above, flattened below, with median half occupied by an abruptly elevated, flat, pentagonal elevation reaching almost to epistomal margin, upper two sides ornamented by a row of stout bristles, the process higher and narrower than in gibbulus; upper area almost smooth, with a few punctures and inconspicuous setae in lateral areas and on vertex. Pronotum 1.05 times as long as wide; sides straight and parallel on more than basal half, broadly rounded in front; punctures fine, deep, each three or four times as long as wide, about two-thirds of them confluent; vestiture inconspicuous except at margins, but cov- ering entire surface. Elytra 1.5 times as long as wide, 1.7 times as long as pronotum; sides straight and parallel to base of declivity, rather broadly round- ed behind; striae impressed, the punctures small and individually impressed; interstriae about twice as wide as striae, dull, the punc- tures small, rather numerous, confused. Declivity impressed be- tween interspaces 3, steep; striae impressed, the punctures small and deep; interstriae convex. 1 with a row of fine punctures. 2 and 3 almost impunctuate and with row of interstrial bristles arising from mesal margin. Vestiture mostly confined to declivital area, consist- ing of interstrial rows of long, fine hair and some short, fine, recum- bent hair; interstrial bristles absent on interspace 1 . Male. — Similar to female except frontal elevation reduced to a broad medially imjiressed callus the upper margin of which is orna- mented by a straight row of reddish bristles; frontal im})ression long- er and with a pair of rounded calluses. Type Locality. — Volcan Poas, Ileredia Prov., Costa Rica. Host. — An unknown woody vine. Type Material. — The female holotype. male allotype, and 29 paratypes were collected at the type locality on July 14. 1963. at an elevation of 2,500 m.. by S. L. Wood, from a woody vine less than 0.5 cm. in diameter. The holotype, allotype and most of the paratypes are in my collec- tion; two paratyj)es are in the Schedl collection. The Great Beisin Naturalist 102 STEPHEN L. WOOD Vol. XXVIII, No. 2 Cnesinus perplexus, n. sp. Fig. 17 This species is allied to robai Blackman and coffeae Schedl, how- ever it differs in having the declivital striae and interstriae very obscurely punctured. The tuberculate frontal carina of female robai is absent; and the declivity is much more shallowly excavated than in coffeae (it is as in robai) . Male. — Length 2.3 mm. (paratypes 2.0-2.3 mm.), 2.5 times as long as wide; color dark brown, the elytra slightly lighter. Frons transversely, concavely impressed at level of occular emar- ginations, convex above, below with a broad epistomal callus, the upper slope of callus ornamented by a broad, dense brush of erect, rather long, reddish hair, slightly less extensive than in coffeae; upper area subreticuiate, a few punctures and setae in lateral area; lateral margins below fundus of impression acute; epistoma, except margin, glabrous. Pronotum 1.06 times as long as wide; sides parallel on more than basal half, broadly rounded in front; anterolateral angles armed by a row of about seven small contiguous asperites; median line nar- rowly, rather acutely elevated over basal two-thirds; surface coarse- ly, shallowly punctured, most of punctures confluent; vestiture short, coarse, conspicuous, covering entire surface. Elytra 1.6 times as long as wide, 1.7 times as long as pronotum; sides straight and parallel to base of declivity, rather broadly round- ed behind; striae impressed, the punctures small, largely confluent toward suture, discernible; interstriae twice as wide as striae, the setiferous punctures small, in rows, mostly finely granulate. Declivi- ty steep, convex except flattened in median area; striae 1 narrowly impressed, others weakly, rather indefinitely impressed; interspace 1 weakly elevated, all with a row of fine, subgranulate, setiferous punctures, subreticuiate, subshining. Vestiture of long, erect, stout, interstrial bristles from base to apex, and finer, recumbent, rather long strial and interstrial setae; the bristles about as long as distance between rows of bristles. Female. — Similar to male except frontal callus and brush re- duced; and elytral declivity more coarsely punctured. Type Locality. — San Ignacio de Acosta, San Jose Prov., Costa Rica. Type Material. — The male holotype, female allotype, and 32 paratypes were collected at the type locality on July 5, 1963, at an elevation of 1,000 m., by S. L. Wood, from twigs of two species of trees one of which was cultivated. The holotype, allotype, and most of the paratypes are in my col- lection; one para type is in the Schedl collection. Cnesinus squamosus, n. sp. Fig. 20 This unique species is not closely allied to any known representa- tive of the genus. It differs from all others by the scalelike ground June 29, 1968 key to species of cnesinus 103 vestiture on the elytra that is very broad, wider than long ]:)osteriorly; by the rather strongly elevated declivital interspaces 1, 5, and 9; by the strongly produced, suturally emarginate elytral apices; and by the sculpture of the pronotum. Female. — Length 2.0 mm. (paratypes 1.7-2.1 mm.), 2.5 times as long as wide; color brown. Frons with a low. crescent-shaped, transverse carina at level half way between antennal bases and upper margins of eyes, convex above, moderately im{)ressed below; tufts of rather long, close, erect reddish hair above epistomal area and at sides below carina largely obscure surface; surface granulose above, with a few short recum- bent, yellow scale- and hairlike setae above carina. Eyes se})arated by at least 2.5 times the width of an eye. Antennal scape with a tuft of long yellow hair. Pronotum equal in length and width; sides straight and parallel on basal two-thirds, rather abruptly narrowed then broadly rounded in front; surface coarsely, deeply, closely punctured, with rim on side opposite summit slightly elevated; vestiture abundant, covering entire surface, consisting of short scales, each about three or four times as long as wide, stouter posteriorly. Elytra 1.5 times as long as wide, 1.6 times as long as pronotum; sides straight and parallel to declivital base, posterior profile extended into a broad emarginate process about half as long as wide; striae impressed, the {lunctures moderately large, mostly obscured by con- fluence; interstriae slightly less than twice as wide as striae, surface obscured by vestiture but evidently rather coarsely, closely punc- tured, at least the median row partly granulate. Declivity rather steep, ending below horizontal apical extension; interspaces 1. 2, and 5 reaching apex, 1 moderately, 5 strongly elevated, 3. 4. 6, 7, and 8 somewhat convex and ending near middle (in some paratypes 3 ends in 5). 1 strongly elevated but ending above costal margin at base of flange; costal margin raised from base of declivity to junction with 5, angulately. shallowly emarginate to suture; crests of inter- spaces evidently finely serrate, obscured by vestiture. Vestiture consisting of interstrial scales of two types; first, median rows of erect bristles about five or six times as long as wide, slightly shorter than distances between rows and separated from one another in the same row by less than their own length; second, broad scales, half as long as bristles, arranged with about one row on each side of row of bristles, anteriorly each slightly longer than wide, posteriorly each slightly wider than long. Male. — Similar to female except frontal carina and tufts of reddish hair absent, frontal impression greatly reduced, tuft of hair on scape reduced, and elytral sculpture evidently coarser. Type Locality. — Lower Rio Tempisque. Ciuanacaste Prov.. Costa Rica. Type Material. — The female holotype. male allotype, and 10 paratypes were collected at the type locality on March 25, 1964, at an elevation of about 15 m., by S. L. Wood, from an unknown cut vine less than 0.5 cm. in diameter. Two additional male paratypes The Great Basin Naturalist 104 STEPHEN L. WOOD Vol. XXVIII, No. 2 are labeled: Paraiso, Canal Zone, Panama, March 5 and May 1, 1911, E. A. Schwarz. The holotype, allotype, and most of the paratypes are in my collection, others are in the U. S. National Museum; one paratype is in the Schedl collection. Cnesinus frontalis, n. sp. Fig. 21 I'his species is unique among known species in the much greater development of the female frontal carina; it is much longer, more angled, higher laterally but lower medially than in other species; both sexes lack specialized frontal vestiture. Other relationships are noted in the key. Female. — Length 2.2 mm. (paratypes 2.0-2.3 mm.), 2.4 times as long as wide; color almost black. Frons rather shallowly impressed at level of occular emargina- tion, convex above, below with a very strongly elevated, subangulate carina occupying median two-thirds, its lateral angles highest; short area below carina somewhat flattened wdth median area distinctly raised; surface above carina reticulate; vestiture sparse, incon- spicuous. Pronotum 1.1 times as long as wide; sides straight on basal two- thirds, very slightly wider in front of middle, rather broadly rounded in front; surface rather coarsely, rather deeply punctured, each puncture about twice as long as wide, seldom confluent; vestiture hairlike, inconspicuous, except in front and at sides. Elytra 1.4 times as long as wide, 1.4 times as long as pronotum; sides straight and parallel to declivital base, rather broadly rounded behind; striae very weakly impressed, the punctures rather large, moderately deep, close; interstriae about twice as wide as striae, al- most flat, the punctures fine, deep, abundant, confused. Declivity steep, convex, somewhat flattened in median area; striae 1 slightly impressed, others not impressed, the punctures small, deep; inter- striae 1 slightly elevated, 3 very slightly convex, all armed by rows of rather large, rounded granules. Vestiture largely restricted to declivity, consisting of moderately long, interstrial rows of bristles and short more abundant similar bristles, the longer ones about equal in length to distance between rows. Male. — Similar to female except frontal carina absent, a broad, transverse, epistomal callus present with a scanty brush of erect hair on its upper margin; a pair of small rounded calluses in frontal impression. Type Locality. — Puerto Viejo. Heredia Prov., Costa Rica. Type Material. — The female holotype, and 20 paratypes were collected at the type locality on March 12, 1964, at an elevation of about 70 m.. by S. L. Wood, from an unknown vine. The male allo- type and 15 paratypes bear similar data but were taken at Peralta, Cartago Prov., Costa Rica, on March 10, 1964. The holotype, allotype and most of the paratypes are in my col- lection; two paratypes are in the Schedl collection. June 29, 1968 key to speciivs of cnp:sinus 105 Cnesinus tninitropis^ n. sjj. Fig. 25 Among descrihod species this one probably is most closely allied to adustus Schedl. Il differs by the larger size and very short female carina. Female. — Length 3.1 mm. (paratypes 3.1-3.2 mm.), 2.5 times as long as wide; color very dark brown, the elytra slightly lighter. Frons flattened on lower half, convex above, a short, transverse carina occupying less than median third; epistoma ornamented by a dense brush of long, erect, reddish bristles; surface of upper area minutely, transversely strigose, })unctured above upper level of eyes; vestiture limited to epistoma and sides, setae in lateral area very long, coarse, and rather abundant near eyes. Eyes separated by less than 1.1 times the width of an eye. Pronotum 1.03 times as long as wide; sides almost straight on basal two-thirds, widest in front of middle, rather broadly rounded in front; surface rather coarsely, longitudinally strigose. the narrow, impunctate, median line slightly elevated; vestiture mostly of fine, short, inconspicuous hair, with some scalelike setae at base and on anterior third. Elytra 1.6 times as long as wide, 1.7 times as long as pronotum; sides straight and parallel to base of declivity, rather broadly round- ed behind; striae impressed, the punctures partly confluent, but usually distinct; interstriae about twice as wide as striae, weakly convex, surface irregular, the punctures fine, abundant, confused. Declivity steep, with margins rounded, flattened on median area between interspaces 3; striae 1 slightly impressed; interspace 1 slightly elevated, the punctures rather small, deep; interstriae with median rows of small, setiferous rounded granules. Vestiture con- sisting of interstrial rows of erect, stout bristles separated in rows and between rows by distances equal to length of a bristle, and more abundant, narrow scales about half as long as bristles, each scale about four times as long as wide. Male. — Similar to female except frontal area concavely im- pressed over broad area, vestiture very slightly shorter. Type Locality. — San Ignacia de Acosta, San Jose Prov.. Costa Rica. Type Materlal. — The female holotype, male allotype, and 5 paratypes were collected at the type locality on July 5, 1963, at an elevation of 1.000 m.. by S. L. Wood, from pith tunnels in twigs of a cultivated tree. The holotype, allotype, and paratypes are in my collection. Cnesinus degener^ n. sp. Fig. 11 This species is intermediate between hicornus Wood and the more closely related elegantis Wood, but it is much smaller and has more abundant, coarse, discal vestiture on the elytra. The Great Basin Naturalist 106 STEPHEN L. WOOD Vol. XXVIII, No. 2 Female. — Length 2.1 mm. (paratypes 2.0-2.3 mm.), 2.4 times as long as wide; color dark reddish brown. Frons as in elegantis except impression slightly deeper, and more feebly convex, almost flat, to well above upper level of eyes; details of sculpture, epistomal tubercles, and vestiture as in elegantis. Pronotum 1 .03 times as long as wide; as in elegantis except sculp- ture slightly coarser and with fine, sparse, hairlike setae over entire surface. Elytra 1.4 times as long as wide, 1.5 times as long as pronotum; sides almost straight and subparallel on basal two-thirds, rather broadly rounded behind, declivity occupying almost posterior half; basal crenulations distinctly formed on median third, becoming a continuous, acute costa laterally; striae slightly impressed, the punc- tures larger than in elegantis, distinctly impressed, subconfluent on 1; interstriae less than twice as wide as striae, irregular, the punc- tures moderately large, rather abundant, confused, an indefinite median row on each finely granulate. Declivity more gradual than related species, convex, with impression between third interspaces not as deep as in elegantis; striae not impressed, the punctiu-es rather small, deep; interstriae 1 abruptly, rather weakly elevated. 3 slight- ly, broadly elevated, 2 and 3 each armed by a median row of fine granules. Vestiture, rather abundant on disc and declivity, consist- ing of interstrial rows of erect, very stout bristles, each very slightly longer than distances between bristles within rows and between rows, and more abundant, semirecumbent, fine to very stout strial and interstrial ground setae, each about a third as long as the erect bristles. Male. — Similar to female except frontal impression not quite as deep, the epistomal tubercles absent. Type Locality. — Eleven km. north of Matias Romero, Oaxaca, Mexico. Hosts. — Serjania sp. (paratypes) and an unidentified woody vine (type). Type Material. — The female holotype, male allotype, and five paratypes were collected at the type locality on June 24, 1967, ele- vation near 200 m.. No. 95. in woody vine; 3 paratypes were taken 29 km. north of Matias Romero, Oaxaca, Mexico, on June 29, 1967, elevation 140 m.. No. 121, in a cut Serjania vine; all taken by me. The holotype, allotype, and paratypes are in my collection. Cnesinus atavus, n. sp. Among known forms this species evidently is more closely allied to annectens Wood than to any other, but the relationship is not close. From annectens it is distinguished by the presence of an epis- tomal callus in both sexes, with numerous ornamental frontal setae in the male, by the less extensive frontal impression, by the more coarsely strigose pronotum, and by the more strongly impressed declivital striae. June 29, 1968 key to species of cnesinus 1 07 Male. — Length 2.2 mm. (para types 2.2-2.4 mm.), 2.4 times as long as wide; color dark brown. Frons transversely impressed at level of occular emargination, convex above, flattened below that level; epistomal callus rather high, transversely, narrowly carinate on slightly more than median half, its upper slope bearing a large patch of long, reddish, orna- mental bristles; surface of convex area to just above upper level of eyes minutely, transversely etched, granulate above; vestiture. in addition to ornamental brush, confined to sides, not conspicuous; eyes rather widely separated. Pronotum 0.97 times as long as wide, widest just in front of middle, sides feebly arcuate on basal half, rather broadly rounded in front; surface shining, coarsely, longitudinally strigose, the grooves somewhat irregular but punctures not indicated. Vestiture short, fine, mostly abraded in central area, coarser and more con- spicuous on margins. Elytra 1.5 times as long as wide. 1.7 times as long as pronotum sides almost straight and parallel on basal two-thirds to base of de- clivity, somewhat narrowly rounded behind; basal margins armed by rather well developed, overlapping crenulations. an indefinite row of smaller, submarginal crenulations also present; striae im- pressed, the small punctures indicated but largely confleunt; inter- striae almost twice as wide as striae, closely marked by small, con- fused, subgranulate punctures. Declivity moderately steep, convex, except very shallowly impressed between third interspaces; striae impressed, perhaps wider than on disc, the punctures obscure; inter- striae rather narrowly convex on upper half, the convexity greatly reduced below, the surface irregular, subgranulate. Vestiture abun- dant, stout, short, with median interstrial rows of erect bristles slightly longer, each bristle a little shorter than distance between rows. Female. — Similar to male except epistomal callus very slightly smaller, the ornamental bristles replaced by less abundant, less defi- nite, coarse hair. Type Locality. — Three km. south Rinconada, Veracruz, Mexico. Type Material. — The male holotype, female allotype, and 20 paratypes were collected at the type locality on July 6. 1967. at an elevation of 270 m.. No. 170. in a large, dry. herbaceous i)lant char- acterized by a strong, distinctive odor, by S. L. Wood. The holotype, allotype, and paratypes are in my collection. Cnesinus denototus, n. sp. This species evidently is more closely allied to frontalis Wood than to other known species but it is easily distinguished by the smaller size, by the more finely punctured pronotum. and by the much narrower, higher female frontal carina. Female. — Length 1.8 mm. (allotype 1.9 mm.). 2.4 times as long as wide; color dark reddish brown. The Great Basin Naturalist 108 STEPHEN L. WOOD Vol. XXVIII, No. 2 Frons rather strongly impressed at level of occular emargination, convex above, flattened below this level, with a very strongly ele- vated, transverse carina at level of antennal insertion, its transverse length equal to about one-fourth the distance between eyes, almost as high as wide; surface minutely reticulate-granulate; vestiture re- duced, short, largely confined to lateral areas. Pronotum 1.07 times as long as wide; sides straight and almost parallel on basal two-thirds, very slightly wider in front of middle, rather broadly rounded in front; surface shining, very closely, rather finely punctured, the punctures slightly longer than wide, mostly longitudinally confluent. Vestiture mostly on marginal areas, short, stout. Elytra 1.4 times as long as wide. 1.5 times as long as pronotum; sides almost straight and parallel on basal two-thirds to declivital base, then rather narrowly rounded behind; crenulations on basal margins indistinct, marked by rather large, submarginal punctures; striae impressed, the punctures moderately large, partly confluent; interstriae wider than striae, subshining. the punctures fine, abun- dant, confused. Declivity moderately steep, convex except impressed between third interspaces; striae 1 moderately, other not impressed; interstriae 1 feebly raised. 2 weakly impressed, 3 higher but feebly convex, each with a row of setiferous granules. Ground vestiture rather abundant, stout, hairlike on disc, scalelike, almost as wide as long on declivity; rows of interstrial bristles erect, each bristle stout, very slightly longer than distance between bristles within a row or between rows. Male. — Similar to female except frontal carina absent, a weak, shining, epistomal callus present; declivital bristles very slightly flattened. Type Locality. — Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone. Panama. Type Material. — The female holotype was collected at the type locality on December 27, 1963. elevation 70 m.. No. 341, at black- light. The male allotype was taken at Santa Ana, San Jose, Costa Rica, on October 4, 1963, elevation 1000 m., No. 219, in an Oreo- panax capitatus twig 5 mm. in diameter; both by S. L. Wood. The holotype and allotype are in my collection. Cnesinus atrodeclivis, n. sp. Fig. 23 This species is rather closely related to minax Schedl, but it is easily distinguished by the smaller size, by the coarser, shorter vesti- ture, by the more strongly impressed declivital striae, and by the more extensively flattened female frons. Female. — Length 2.2 mm. (paratypes 2.0-2.3 mm.), 2.5 times as long as wide; color dark reddish brown, declivity much darker. Frons transversely impressed at level of antennal insertion, flat- tened above this level to upper level of eyes, except weakly, trans- versely convex between the eyes; armed at level of occular emargi- .Iunp29. 1968 key to species or cnesinus 109 nation by a miiniLe. crescent-shaped, transverse carina, its trans- verse length about equal to one-sixth distance between eyes; episto- nial callus weakly developed, its upjier slope ornamented by a rather large patch of reddish ornamental bristles; surface rather coarsely reticulate on median third, broad lateral areas above carina orna- mentcr by rather numerous, very long, stout, yellow hair. Pronotum !.()() times as long as wide; sha})e, sculpture, and vesti- ture as in denotatus (above) exce[)t surface more nearly strigose, the punctures virtually obsolete. Elytra 1.5 times as long as wide, 1.6 times as long as pronotum; sides almost straight and parallel on basal two-thirds to declivital base, rather narrowly rounded behind, basal crenulations very low. [)oorly formed, interspaces 2-4 bearing several submarginal. indi- stinct crenulations; striae impressed, the punctures moderately large, mostly confluent on 1- and 2; interstriae wider than striae, the punc- tures fine, numerous, confused, subgranulate. Declivity steep, con- vex except slightly flattened toward suture; striae impressed, the punctures not reduced, largely confluent; interstriae convex, each with a median row of setiferous punctures. Vestiture rather abun- dant, stout; ground vestiture more than half as long as bristles in in- terstrial rows on disc; ground vestiture and bristles merge on de- clivity to 'form closely set. almost uniseriate rows of short bristles. Male. — Similar to female except frontal impression extending to level of occular emargination, convex above this level, impressed area subconcave; frontal carina absent, its ornamental bristles re- duced to a single, transverse row. Type Locality. — Zamorano, Morazan, Honduras. HosT.^ — Valeriana scandens. Type Material. — The female holotype. male allotype and five I)aratyj)es were collected at the type locality, from the above host, on April 18. 1964. at an elevation of 700 m.. No. 548. by S. L. Wood. The holotype. allotype, and paratypes are in my collection. Bothrosternus definitus. n. sp. This species is rather closely related to a specimen tentatively identified from the description as cancellatus Chapuis. This species, however, differs in the very different frons that bears a transverse frontal carina, and in details of scul{)ture of pronotum and elytra. Female. — Length 3.0 mm. (paratypes 2.95-3.05 mm.). 1.9 times as long as wide; color black. Frons convex above bases, flattened and transversely impressed below, with a fine, sharply raised carina occupying median three- fourtlis at level of antennal bases; closely jnaictured and finely, rlosoly pubescent from carina to opistomal margin and on an area of simihir size above carina; median two-thirds from pubescent area to vertex polished, marked only by minutely etched transverse lines; sides and above rugose-reticulate with shallow, indefinite punctures and short, sparse hair. The Great Basin Naturalist 110 STEPHEN L. WOOD Vol. XXVIII, No. 2 Pronotum 0.8 times as long as wide; widest behind middle, sides very strongly arcuate and strongly constricted before anterior mar- gin, basal margin bisinuate and extending into scutellar notch; sur- face dull, closely, shallowly, coarsely punctured, the punctures elip- tically elongate, some twice as long as wide; glabrous. Elytra 1.2 times as long as wide; sides almost straight and paral- lel on slightly more than basal half, rather broadly rounded behind; striae strongly, rather sharj)ly impressed, the punctures almost ob- solete; interstriae wider than striae on disc, moderately convex on basal half, becoming narrowly carinate behind and on declivity, the punctures on basal half disc small, shallow, confused, obscure. Declivity rather steep, convex; interstriae very narrowly carinate on upper third, becoming finely beaded below; striae rugose-reticulate, the punctures obscure, much wider than interstriae. Male. — Similar to female except frontal carina and most of frontal pubescence absent; convex area of frons with a more definite summit just above level of antennal insertion. Type Locality. — Finca Gromaco on Rio Goto Brus, Puntarenas Prov., Costa Rica. Type Material. — The female holotype, male allotype and 49 para types were collected at the type locality on July 14, 1963, at an elevation of about 500 m., by S. L. Wood, from the central axis of a subtriangular, woody vine less than 1 cm. in diameter. Six para- types were taken at Peralta, Cartago Prov., at 500 m.. by S. L. Wood, from a different woody vine; one paratype is labeled "Panama." The holotype, allotype and most of the paratypes are in my col- lection, 2 paratypes are in the Schedl collection. Biology. — The habits are much the same as foveatus, except that mature larvae, pupae and young adults always are arranged in their cells with the oldest nearest the entrance tunnel; they decrease in age consecutively as the distance from the entrance hole in- creases. In more than 30 tunnels examined of varying stages of com- pleteness one mature female beetle was found in each; there were a few males in the mature brood. A loose, fluffy, white fungal my- celium was conspicuous in all but the newest tunnels. NOTE GROUND NESTING OF THE FERRUGINOUS HAWK IN WEST-CENTRAL UTAH On 8 April 1967 a ground nest of the Ferruginous Hawk (Buteo regalis) was found 9.(3 miles south of Fairfield, Utah County, Utah. It had been constructed iit()[) the ^0 cm. high roadbank of a well-traveled, improved gravel road. The nest itself was 25 cm. thick, giving it a total height of 55 cm. above the valley floor. The surrounding area is essentially a level plain at 1640 m. elevation suirounded by mountains ranging up to 2433 m. in elevation. Vegetation in the innnethate vicinity of the nest was sparse, and consisted mainly of Russian thistle {Salsola kali). When first observed, the female hawk protested vocally and assumed a de- fense posture with wings spread and body feathers erect. She remained in this position as our vehicle passed within 5 m. of the nest. The female remained at the nest until we walked to within 15 m. of her. She then flew a short distance away, realighted on the ground, and continued screaming. Throughout our visit her mate remained perched on a telephone pole several hundred meters from the nest site. The nest containd two eggs and was composed of a horsebrush {Tetradymia glabrata) and Russian thistle {Salsola kali) base wdth an Indian ricegrass (Ory- zopsis hyrnenoides) lining. A 40 cm. section or rope, a large scrap of paper, and several pieces of dried manure had also been incorporated into the nest. Bent (Bull. U. S. Natl. Mus. 167:286,1937) and Peterson (A Field Guide to Western Birds, p. 71, 1961) state that the Ferruginous Hawk prefers to nest in trees where trees are available but may also nest on hillsides, cutbanks, buttes, cliffs, or rocky pinnacles. A study presently being conducted by the senior author concerning the nesting ecology of the Ferruginous Hawk in Utah has revealed several active nests and numerous potential nest sites on terrain described as typical by Bent and Peterson {op. cit.). Instead of using one of these more typi- cal sites, this pair cJiose to nest upon the level valley floor beside a well-traveled road. To our knowledge, this is the first recorded Ferruginous Hawk nest located on essentially level terrain. When we visited the nest again on 16 April 1967 we found that the female hawk has been shot and killed at the nest site. Both of her legs and 5 left rectrices had been removed. Helpmate was not seen. The female specimen measured 65 cm. in length and had a wingspread of 151 cm. (unstretched) which is 9 cm. in excess of the maximum wingspread of this species as indicated by Peterson {op. cit.). Appreciation is extended to Dr. J. R. Murphy for assistance in the course of our studies. — J. Bradford Weston and David H. Ellis, Department of Zoology and Entomology, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah 84601. Ill -•byS^ 8 The Volume XVIII, No. 3 September 30, 1968 MAP I w^ Great Basin mmmm Published by Brigham Young University GREAT BASIN NATURALIST Editor: Vasco M. Tanner, Department of Zoology and Entomology Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah Associate Editor-. Stephen L. Wood, Department of Zoology and Entomology, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah Members of the Editorial Board: Ferron L. Andersen (5), Zoology Jay V. Beck (3), Bacteriology Robert W. Gardner ( 1 ) , Animal Science Joseph R. Murdock (4) , Botany WiLMER W. Tanner (2), Zoology, Chairman of the Board Stanley L. Welsh (1), Botany Ex officio Members: A. Lester Allen, Acting Dean, College of Biological and Agricultural Sciences Ernest L. Olson, Chairman, University Publications, Uni- versity Editor The Great Basin Naturalist Published at Provo, Utah by Brigham Young University Volume XXVIIl September 30, 1968 No. 3 UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF NEARCIIC TIPULIDAE (DIPTERA), IX Charles P. Alexander' The novelties considered herewith are chiefly from Alaska and the Canadian Northwest, a few from Oregon and Washington, and a small series from the Ozark Mountains, Missouri. The specimens were captured by the writer and by various friends who are named in the text under the different species. Except where indicated to the contrary the types of the new forms are preserved in the author's personal collection of these flies. LiMONIINI Limonia (Dicranomyia) acinomeca, n.sp. Allied to gladiator and omissinerva; general coloration of thorax yellow, praescutum and scutal lobes blackened, pleura patterned with dark brown; rostrum yellow; wings subhyaline. stigma pale; male hypopygium with tergal lobes conspicuous, rostral spines far distal in position, very long and slender, only narrowly separated; mesal-apical lobe of gonapophysis very slender, smooth, gently curved. Male. — Length about 5.5-6 mm.; wing 5.5-6.5 mm. Female. — Length about 6.5 mm.; wing 7 mm. Rostrum yellow; basal segment of palpus yellow, remainder dark brown. Antennae with scape obscure yellow, apex and remainder of organ black; proximal flagellar segments oval, outer ones more elongate, especially the terminal segment which is stout and about one-half longer than the i)enultimate; verticils conspicuous. Head brownish gray, paler beneath; anterior vertex broad. Pronotal scutum dark brown, sides yellowed, scutellum yellow. Mesonotal praescutum yellow laterally, disk with three nearly con- fluent blackened stripes, the lateral pair crossing the suture to include the scutal lobes; central region and posterior callosities of scutum yellowed; scutellum light brown, narrowly paler medially, para- scutella yellow; mediotergite dark brown, the narrow lateral borders and the pleurotergite yellow. Pleura yellow, anei)isternum and 1 Amherst, Massachusetts. 113 The Great Basin Naturalist 114 CHARLES P. ALEXANDER Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 especially the sternopleurite conspicuously darkened. Halteres with stem yellow, knob infuscated. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow; remainder brownish yellow, tips of femora and tibiae vaguely darker, outer tarsal segments dark brown. Wings subhyaline, pre- arcular field light yellow; stigma very pale, scarcely differentiated from the ground; veins light brown, prearcular veins and Sc more yellowed. Venation: Sc, ending opposite origin of Rs, Sc. far re- tracted, Sci alone nearly equal to Rs; cell M^ open by atrophy of m, m-cu shortly beyond fork of M. Abdominal tergites dark brown, basal sternites paler, genitalia yellow; hypovalvae of ovipositor blackened basally. Male hypopygi- um with tergite transverse, narrowed outwardly, posterior border with a broad U-shaped emargination to form conspicuous lobes that bear numerous relatively short pale setae; marginal thickening in- cluding the lobes. Basistyle with ventromesal lobe small. Dorsal dististyle a curved sickle, narrowed outwardly into a slender point; ventral style subequal in area or slightly smaller than the basistyle, narrowed into a moderately stout prolongation, the two spines near- ly straight, very long, especially the outer which is fully twice the prolongation; spines separated by a distance only slightly greater than their basal puncture. Gonapophysis with mesal-apical lobe very slender, smooth, curved gently to the subacute tip. Aedeagus slender, the obtuse apex simple. Habitat. — Alaska. HoLOTYPE, cT, Taylor Highway, Mile 49, along west fork of Dennison River, August 13, 1954 (C. P. Alexander). Allotopotype, ? , pinned wdth type. Paratopotypes, cf cf, August 13-15, 1954. Among the Nearctic species the present fly is most like Limonia (Dicranomyia) gladiator (Osten Sacken), differing in the extensive brownish black coloration of the thoracic notum and especially in the very different hypopygium, including the rostral spines. The Euro- pean L. (D.) omissinerva (de Meijere) (Tijds. Ent., 61:129, 1918; 62:83-84, fig. 16- cT hypopygium; 1919) is more closely allied, dif- fering from de Meijere's descriptions in the conspicuous dark pattern of the thoracic pleura and in the details of the male hypopygium, including the conspicuous tergal lobes and the longer rostral spines, as described. Limonia {Dicranomyia) apice glabra, n.sp. Allied to mitis; general coloration of thoracic dorsum brownish gray, praescutum darker medially, pleura light gray; femora brown- ish yellow, tips brown; wings whitened, very restrictedly patterned with pale brown, Sc^ long, subequal to Rs; male hypopygium with tergal lobes conspicuous, their apices rounded, broadly glabrous; dorsal dististyle a gently curved sickle that narrows gradually to the slender apex; ventral style subequal in area to the basistyle, rostral prolongation slender, the two spines placed close together near apex. Male. — Length about 5.5-6 mm.; wing 6-6.8 mm.; antenna about 1.1-1.2 mm. Sept. 30, 1968 species of nearctic tipulidae 115 Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae dark brown; flagellar segments short-oval with short verticils, terminal segment about one-half longer than the penultimate. Head brown. Pronotum brownish gray, scutellum more yellowed. Mesonotal j)raescutum gray laterally, disk with three confluent brown stripes, the median one darker brown; posterior sclerites of notum gray, scutal lobes darker. Pleura light gray, dorsopleural region and meta- pleura light yellow. Halteres with stem pale yellow, knob infuscated. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow; femora brownish yellow, tips brown, tibiae similar, the tips more narrowly darkened; basitarsi brownish yellow^ outer segments dark brown. Wings whitened, very restrictedly patterned with pale brown, including the stigma; nar- rower to scarcely indicated darkenings at origin of Rs, cord, outer end of cell 1st M.. and along vein Cu, the areas indicated chiefly by the darkened veins; prearcular and costal fields more yellowed, in- cluding the veins. Venation: Sc^ ending opposite or shortly before origin of Rs, Scj far retracted, 5c, alone nearly equal to Rs; cell ist M ■ subequal to or slightly longer than vein M^^; m-cu before fork oiM. Abdomen brown, including the hypopygium. Male hy])opygium with posterior border or tergite deeply emarginate. lateral lobes large, their setae subterminal, there being a broad glabrous outer l)ortion. Basistyle and ventral dististyle subequal in area, the ventro- mesal lobe oval, relatively small. Dorsal dististyle a strongly curved sickle, broad at base, narrowed gradually to the slender apex; ventral style oval, the rostral prolongation slender, the two straight spines placed close together shortly before the obtuse apex; spines slightly unequal, the shorter one about twice as long as the apex of prolonga- tion beyond its insertion. Gonapophysis with mesal-apical lobe slender, very slightly curved. Habitat. — Alaska, Yukon. HoLOTYPE, cf - Alaska Highway at Mile 1152, Yukon, along Lake Creek. July 7. 1952 (C. P. Alexander). Paratype, cf. Teklanika River. McKinley National Park, Alaska, July 15. 1952 (D. L. Car- son). The most similar species include the European Limonia (Dicra- nomyia) mitis (Meigen) and L. (D.) zernyi (Lackschewitz) which differ in hypopygial structure. The latter species is known to me from the original description and figure by Lackschewitz (Naturh. Mus. Wien. Ann. 42:217. y)l. 6, fig. 14 ( cT hypopygium); 1928). This shows the tergite deei)ly emarginate but with the a|)ices of the lobes setiferous and with the rostral prolongation of the ventral dististyle and its spines quite different. Limonia (Dicranomyia) chillcotti, n.sjx General coloration gray, praescutum with a brown central strij^e. lateral areas obsolete; antennae brownish black, flagellar segments subglobular; wings whitened, very restrictedly darkened, especially over cord and outer end of cell ist Mn, stigma yellowed; vein Sc, The Great Basin Naturalist 116 CHARLES P. ALEXANDER Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 long, subequal to Rs, m-cu shortly before fork of M; male hypopygi- um with posterior border of tergite having a V-shaped emargination, lobes conspicuous, apices without setae; basistyle and ventral disti- style subequal in area; rostral prolongation of ventral style small, with two long straight spines that are longer than the prolongation. Male. — Length about 5.5 mm.; wing 6 mm.; antenna about 1.0 mm. Female. — Length about 6-7.5 mm.; wing 6.5-8 mm. Rostrum brownish gray, darker beneath, mouthparts and palpi conspicuously dark brown. Antennae brownish black throughout; flagellar segments beyond the first subglobular, outer segments passing into short-oval, all segments with very short apical pedicels, verticils shorter than the segments. Head light gray; anterior vertex about twice the diameter of scape. Pronotal scutum brownish gray, scutellum and pretergites ob- scure yellow. Mesonotvmi clear gray, praescutum with a brown central stripe that is darker anteriorly, lateral stripes obsolete; pos- terior sclerites brownish gray, central area of scutum clear light gray. Pleura light gray. Halteres with stem pale yellow, knob brown. Legs with fore and middle coxae yellowish brown, posterior pair clearer yellow; trochanters yellow; femora brownish yellow, clearer yellow basally, tips narrowly dark brown; tibiae and tarsi brown. Wings whitened, especially the milky base, with a very restricted darkened pattern that chiefly is evident by the darkened veins, including the cord and outer end of cell ist M-j and less evi- dently the origin of Rs and R^. vein Cu similarly darkened; stigma pale yellow to very pale brownish yellow, scarcely darker than the ground; veins brown. Venation: Sci ending opposite origin of Rs, Sc2 far retracted. Sc^ about equal in length to Rs, the latter in cases angulated and weakly spurred near origin; m-cu shortly before fork of M. Abdominal tergites dark brown, proximal sternites paler brown. Ovipositor with genital segment and valves fulvous; cerci very slen- der, upcurved to the acute tips, hypovalvae long and powerful, nearly straight. Male hypopygium with tergite slightly narrowed outward- ly, posterior margin with a deep V-shaped notch, lobes conspicuous, each with about 20 long setae on base and central part, lacking on the broad ends. Ninth sternite a small transversely oval plate with relatively few setae. Basistyle and ventral dististyle subequal in area. Dorsal dististyle a strong curved sickle that narrows gradually to an acute point; ventral style with setae relatively short; rostral prolongation small, with two slightly separated long straight spines that are longer than the prolongation and about five times as long as the latter beyond the point of origin of the outer spine. Gona- pophysis with mesal-apical lobe slender, slightly curved. Aedeagus terminating in a single compressed lobe. Habitat. ^ — Manitoba. Holotype. cf , Farnworth Lake, near Churchill. June 26, 1952 (J. G. T. Chillcott) ; Canadian National Collection. Allotopotype. Sept. 30, 1968 species of nearctic tipulidae 117 9, with the tyj)e. Paratopotypes. 29 9. June 26-28. 1952. Eco- logical data. Nos. F-B. F-C. F.D. 18. The sjiecies is named for the collector, the late Dr. .1. G. T. Chill- cott. of the Entomology Division. Ottawa, Canada, authority on the Nearctic Empididao and related families. Dr. (>hillcott died un- expectedly in Nepal on April 20. 1967. at the early ago of M . while engaged in collecting Himalayan insects. In its general appearance the species is most like Limonia (Dicranomyia) liherta (Osten Sacken). L. (D.) halterata (Osten Sacken), and similar dark colored species, differing evidently in the pattern and venation of the wings and in hypopygial structure. Limonia {Dicranomyia) involuta, n.sp. General coloration gray, pronotum and praescutuni more dark- ened medially; antennae black; wings narrow, yellowed, stigma scarcely indicated; ovipositor with cerci unusually short and stout; male hypopygium complex in structure, including the basistyle and ventral dististyle, the latter divided into two unequal lobes; rostral spines separate, the outer placed on a small basal tubercle; gona- pophysis with mesal-apical lobe long and slender, curved near outer end. Male. — Length about 6-6.5 mm.; wing 5.2-6 mm. Female. — Length about 5.5-6.2 mm.; wing 5.5-6.5 mm. Rostrum yellowish brown; palpi black. Antennae black; proximal flagellar segments beyond the first short, gradually passing into oval. Head gray; anterior vertex broad, more yellowish gray. Pronotum blackened medially, sides brownish gray. Mesonotum brownish gray, praescutum wdth a central darker stripe, scutellum more yellow pollinose. Pleura gray pruinose. dorsopleural region brownish yellow. Halteres yellowed. Legs with coxae and tro- chanters yellow; remainder of legs hght brown, femoral bases slight- ly more yellowed. Wings narrow, yellow, prearcular and costal fields more saturated yellow, stigma scarcely indicated; veins light brown, more yellowed in brightened fields. Venation: Sc short. 5c, ending opposite to just beyond origin of Rs, Sc^ only slightly removed from tip; m-cu shortly before fork of A/, in cases to about two-thirds its length. Abdomen stout, brownish gray, hyi)()[)ygiuni more fulvous brown. Ovipositor with cerci unusually short and stout, gently up- curved to the acute apex, hypovalvae elongate, terminating opjjosite ends of cerci. Male hypopygium with tergite transverse, posterior border shallowly emarginate to form low lobes with relatively few- long yellow setae. Basistyle with ventromesal lobe very large and modified, including a more posterior arm from its base, slightly expanded to weakly bilobed at apex, provided w^ith long coarse setae; body of lobe on outer margin with a stout appendage that narrow^s farther into a slender arm with blackened setae, at base of latter the lobe with five or six spinoid setae; mesal face of basistyle at apex with a small slender lobe, its apex with several long setae. Dorsal The Great Basin Naturalist 118 CHARLES P. ALEXANDER Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 dististyle a strong rod, outer end curved and narrowed into a straight spine; ventral style with body pale, on outer margin at base with a small accessory lobule, near apex with a grouj) of delicate yellow setae; body of style oval, its area much less than that of the basistyle; rostral prolongation unique, stout and more sclerotized, beak with several setae; outer margin with two spines, the outer placed on side of a small tubercle. Gonapophysis with mesal-apical lobe long and slender, curved near outer end. Habitat. — Canadian Northwest Territories and Yukon. HoLOTYPE. (S . Good Hope, Mackenzie River. Northwest Terri- tory, August 22. 1929 (Owen Bryant); Lot 75. Allotopotype, ?, with type. Paratopotypes, several cf ? ; paratypes, 3 cf cT ^ 7 2 2 , Gravel Lake, 58 miles east of Dawson. Yukon, altitude 2.050 feet. August 10, 1962 (P. J. Skitsko and R. E. Leech); Canadian National Collection; some specimens labelled 'ex Carex\ Limonia (Dicranomyia) involuta is still another of the numerous Holarctic members of the subgenus that have the male hypopygium very complicated in structure. It is readily told from other species by the small yellow wings and the details of structure of the male hypopygium. particularly the unequally bilobed ventral dististyle. the rostral prolongation, and the conformation of the lobes of the basistyle. As is the case with many others in this categor}^ the species is adult late in the season. Other somewhat similar but not closely related species include L. (D.) intricata Alexander and L. (D.) melleicauda (Alexander). Limonia {Dicranomyia) ozarkensis. n.sp. Size medium (wing about 6.5 mm.); mesothorax chiefly dark brown, restrictedly patterned with obscure yellow; rostrum obscure yellow; antennae brownish black; legs obscure yellow; wings faintly grayish yellow^, stigma pale brown. Sc^^ ending opposite to shortly beyond origin of Rs; male hypopygium with posterior border of tergite convexly rounded, with a small median emargination; dorsal dististyle a strongly curved slender hook, ventral style having rostral prolongation with two long straight black spines; mesal-apical lobe of gonapophysis black, flattened, narrowed to a small apical point. Male. — Length about 6.5-7 mm.; wing 6.8-7 mm.; antenna about 1.5 mm. Fem'.'VLE. — Length about 6.5-7 mm.; wing 7.5-8 mm. Rostrum and mouthparts obscure yellow; palpi dark brown. Antennae brownish black, in cases with scape obscure yellow; flagel- lar segments oval. Head dark brown; anterior vertex about twice the diameter of scape. Pronotal scutum brown, the borders and the scutellum yellowed. Mesonotal praescutum almost covered by three confluent dark brown sparsely pruinose stripes, humeral region and narrow lateral mar- gins brownish yellow; scutal lobes dark brown, central area and scutellum obscure yellow; mediotergite brownish gray, pleurotergite Sept. 30, 1968 species of nearctic tipulidae 119 more brownish yellow. Pleura chiefly dark brown, sparsely pruinose, posterior sclerites paler, in cases less distinctly infuscated. I lalteres with stem yellow, the small knob dark brown. Legs with coxae yellowed, fore pair darkened basally; trochanters yellow; remainder of legs obscure yellow to brownish yellow, outer segments infuscated. Wings faintly grayish yellow, prearcular and costal regions clearer yellow, stimga pale brown; veins brown. Macrotrichia on longitudi- nal veins beyond general level of origin of Rs, on Anals only at extreme outer ends. Venation: Sci ending opposite or shortly be- yond origin of Rs, Sc-^ slightly removed. Sci alone subequal to R^; m-cu at or close to fork of M; inner end of cell 1st M. not arcuated. Abdomen dark brown, basal sternites more yellowed. Male hypopygium with tergite large. j)()sterior border convexly rounded, with a shallow median emargination, the thickened borders narrow. Basistyle in area nearly twice the ventral dististyle. ventromesal lobe relatively small. Dorsal dististyle a slender strongly curved hook, narrowed to a spine; ventral style small, the prolongation narrowed into a beak; rostral spines two. black, long and straight, {)laced close together near base of prolongation, strongly divergent, each spine about one-third to one-half longer than the prolongation beyond it. Gonapophysis with mesal-apical lobe blackened, elongate flattened, narrowed to the small apical point, in cases the lower margin micro- scopically roughened. Aedeagus relatively slender, outer end decurved. Habit.at.- — Missouri (Ozark Mountains). IIoLOTYPE, cf- Roaring River State Park. Barry County. May 24, 1942 (C. P. Alexander). Allotype. $ . Hazlegreen. Laclede County, May 22, 1942 (C. P. Alexander). Paratopotypes. several of both sexes, on six pins, collected with the holotype. May 23-24. 1942. Limonia {Dicranomyia) ozarkensis is quite distinct from other Nearctic species, especially in details of the male hypopygium. par- ticularly the ventral dististyle and gonapophyses. In its general ap- pearance it suggests various western North American sj)ecies. such as L. (D.) libertoides (Alexander) and L. (D.) stigmata (Doane). By my key to the northeastern American species (Di|)tera of Con- necticut, 1942. pp. 310-312; 1942; reprinted 1966) the fly runs to the quite different L. (D.) stulta (Osten Sacken) with which it was associated in nature. Limonia (Geranomyia) innoxia, n.sp. Rostrum slightly more than one-half the remainder of body; pleura uniformly brownish yellow; femora light brown, tips con- spicuously darker brown; wings pale brown, stigma darker; Sc long. 5c, ending about opposite three-fourths Rs; abdominal tergites bi- colored. brownish yellow. a[)ices broadly darker brown; male hypo- pygium with tergal lobes small, widely separated; rostral prolonga- tion of ventral dististyle small, the two spines placed on a single tubercle, one at summit, the second at near two-thirds the length; gonapophysis with mesal-apical lobe long and slender, tip acute. The Great Basin Naturalist 120 CHARLES P. ALEXANDER Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 Male. — Length, excluding rostrum, about 7.0-7.5 mm.; wing 7.5-7.8 mm.; rostrum alone about 4.0-4.2 mm. Rostrum light brown, slightly more than one-half the remainder of body; maxillary palpi black. Antennae with scape and pedicel brownish black, flagellum black; flagellar segments oval, the more proximal ones more truncated. Anterior vertex restrictedly hght gray, remainder of head dark gray. Pronotum light brown. Mesonotal praescutum with three pale brown stripes, the central one more reddened, lateral and humeral regions yellowed; posterior sclerites of notum dark brown, median region of scutum gray, posterior border of scutellum yellowed. Pleura and pleurotergite uniformly brownish yellow. Halteres with stem brownish yellow, base clearer, knob brown. Legs with coxae yellowed, fore pair darker; trochanters brownish yellow; femora light brown, tips narrowly but conspicuously dark brown; tibiae light brown, tips narrowly darkened; tarsi brownish black, proximal ends of basitarsi slightly paler. Wings very pale brown, stigma oval, darker brown; veins brown. Longitudinal veins beyond general level of origin of Rs with macrotrichia. Venation: Sc long, Sc^ end- ing about opposite three-fourths Rs, Sc,. slightly removed; super- numerary crossvein in cell Sc distinct; m-cu close to fork of M. Abdominal tergites bicolored, brownish yellow, their apices broadly darker brown; proximal sternites more uniformly brownish yellow, outer segments darker; hypopygium brown. Male hypo- pygium with tergite transverse, posterior border very shallowly emarginate. the relatively small widely separated lateral lobes pro- vided with numerous black setae. Basistyle with ventromesal lobe large, about one-half the body of style. Dorsal dististyle a strongly curved rod, the tip acute; ventral style large, its area more than three times the basistyle; rostral prolongation small, with two sub- equal spines, placed on a common basal tubercle, one spine terminal, the second at near two-thirds the length of the tubercle which is subequal in length to the prolongation itself. Gonapophysis with mesal-apical lobe long and slender, tip acute. Habit.^t. — Missouri (Ozark Mountains). Holotype. cT, Roaring River State Park, Barry County. May 24, 1942 (C. P. Alexander). Paratopotype, cf , pinned with type. The most similar regional species include Limonia (Geranomyia) canadensis (Westwood) and allies, all differing from the present fly in hypopygial structure. The bicolored nature of the abdominal tergites of the present fly should be emphasized. Limonia (Metalimnobia) californica decreta, n. subsp. Generally similar to californica, differing most evidently in the more restricted darkened wing pattern. Wings with the pale ground extensive, including broad marginal areas in cells /?.., to M,,; darkest areas on anterior half of wing very small, the arcular mark oval, restricted to cell /?, separated from the area at origin of Rs by a dis- tance approximately three times the width of the latter; yellow center Sept. 30, 1968 species of nearctic tipulidae 121 of stigma oxtensive. the enclosed veins scarcely bordered by brown. Legs with bhickened femoral tip subecjual to the yellow subterminal ring. Abdomen of type male yellowed, posterior borders of segments brown, becoming more extensive on outer segments, on segment seven including the outer half. Male hypopygium with apical lobe of gonapophysis relatively long and slender, generally parallel-sided, tip obtuse, without setae, with a very small sublateral knob. Male. — Length about 15-18 mm.; wing 14.5-23 mm. Fem.'^le. — Length about 18 mm.; wing 21 mm. Habitat. — Western North America. HoLOTYPE, cT, Auke Bay. Juneau, Alaska. July 26, 1952 (Wil- liam Frohne). Allotype, 9. Boyer, Oregon, July 13. 1933 (J. Macnab). Paratypes, Icf, Wellington. Vancouver Island, British Columbia. June 2. 1957 (Richard Guppy); 1 9. Vancouver, British Columbia. August 18, 1931 (H. B. Leech); 1 9, Forest Grove. Ore- gon, April 20,^1918 (F. R. Cole); Id. Odell Lake. Oregon. August 6, 1948 (K. .M. Fender); IcT, Boulder Lake Trail, Olympic National Park. Washington. 3.600 feet, July 19. 1948 (C. P. Alexander); Icf, Washington, without further data. The various specimens had been placed with typical Limonia (Metalimnohia) caJifornica (Osten Sacken) but evidently should be considered as distinct. In the typical form the major darkened areas in cell R of the wings are only slightly smaller than the ground pattern. It may be noted concerning the gonapophyses of the male hypopygium that other Nearctic species have a brush or scattered setae at or near their tips, such being found in L. (M.) cinctipes (Say), L. (M.) dietziana Alexander, L. (M.) hudsonica (Osten Sacken), L. (M.) immatura (Osten Sacken). L. (M.) quadnmacu- lata (Meigen), and some others. Pediciini Genus Pedicia Latreille Subgenus Pentacyphona, n. subgenus Differs from the subgenus Tricyphona Zetterstedt chiefly in the structure of the male hy[)oj)ygium. especially the five-parted disti- style. Antennae 16-segmented; short in most species, longest in huffae. Wings with branches of Rs bifurcate, /?..+;! very long. /?,+-, shorter; cell 1 St M ■ commonly closed, open in huffae. Male hypopygium with a[)ex of the united basistyle and inner dististyle distinctive, terminating in five unequal fingerlike lobes. Outer dististyle a small oval lobe, provided with conspicuous setae, the longest exceeding the style. Type Species. — Pedica {Pentacyphona) ainpht (Doane) — Western Nearctic. Other included species are P. (P.) aspidoptera (Coquillett) and subspecies convexa Alexander; P. (P.) autumnalis (Alexander); P. (P.) cinereicolor Alexander; P. (P.) euryptera Alexander; P. (P.) The Great Basin Naturalist 122 CHARLES P. ALEXANDER Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 huffae Alexander; P. (P.) perangusta Alexander; P. (P.) sinithae Alexander; P. (P.) subaptera (Alexander), with steensensis Alex- ander, synonym; and P. (P.) truncata Alexander. All species are Nearctic and chiefly from Western North Ameri- ca, only autumnalis and huffae being from Eastern North America, as far south as Tennessee. Dicranota (Dicranota) diacantha, n.sp. Male. — Length about 5.5 mm.; wing 6 mm. Characters generally as in Dicranota {Dicranota) astigma Alex- ander. Wings slightly darker. Macrotrichia of veins more abundant, occurring on all longitudinal veins basad to the arculus, on both Anals numbering approximately 75 to 100 on either vein. Veins in cell Ri more approximated, the distance between them about three times the length of R^. Male hypopygium with posterior border of tergite broadly emar- ginate, lateral arms slightly basal in position, long and slender, the apex strongly dilated into a suboval head that is produced laterad into a point. Basistyle with apical lobes stout, tips broadly obtuse, inner lobe with abundant stout setae; interbase a stout nearly straight rod, slightly dilated at apex, with two small acute spines, one in alignment with the stem, the terminal point subequal in size, direct- ed strongly laterad. Dististyle unusually long, subequal to the inter- base, appearing as a gently curved blade that widens gradually into a long-oval head with sparse setae, the apex obtuse. Habitat. — Oregon. HoLOTYPE, alifornia. dunes at north base of mountains one half mile south of depot across wash. Nov. 16. 1963. died Feb. 7, 1964. Col- lector Ernest R. Tinkham. Type deposited in the Tinkham Eremo- logical Collection. Description: Size large for the genus. Head large, occiput strongly globose but not megacephalic, clypeal groove to apex of occiput 9.8 mm., from clypeal groove to apex of mandibles 6.2 mm.; breadth of face 10.8 mm. Eyes small, inverted pyriform, inner margins 6.4 mm. apart. Antennae short, barely reaching to the anterior base or segments of the abdomen. Pronotum with lateral margins anteriorly, not at all expanded or ampliate. but parallel; the posterior half broadly and evenly rounding into the posterior margin which is straight. Anterior mar- gin roundly excavate and typically ciliate with short golden hairs. Dorsum of the pronotum with a shallow, longitudinal, median groove in the posterior three-quarters of the pronotum. There is also a transverse depression on the anterior quarter, another trans- verse groove centrally which curves forward laterally and at the posterior two-thirds there is a short transverse line for half the breadth of the pronotum. Prosternum with the typical transverse wedge-like process characteristic of the genus. Abdomen typical; genitalia with supranal plate triangulate. with a slight median transverse depression. Uncinate hooks of the cerci normal and located at the extreme lateral bases of the plate. Cerci bluntly acuminate, medium in length, hirsute. Subgenital plate with the posterior margin broadly and evenly rounded. Leg spination as follows: fore legs typical in form, fore femora unarmed; fore tibiae with the diagnostic slightly uneven pair of ventral apical spurs. Calcars five, large, the three inner ones the longest and spathulate; the two outer shorter of which the last or fifth is by far the shortest (see fig. ). Fore tarsi typical of the genus. Mesolegs with the mesofemora unarmed; mesotibiae with a large pair of even ventral a[)ical spurs at the bases of calcars 3 and 4. There are in addition two subapical spurs, one on each margin and the right mesotibiae has an additional spur, centrally located and just basad of center. Mesotarsi typical. Caudal legs with the femora typical. Caudal tibiae with usually a large pair of ventral ajiical spurs although in the Type the right pair is missing. Calcars six; the three inner much the longest, their inner apical surfaces spathu- late. Dorsal apical teeth usually three on each margin; the external three more closely arranged than the inner three. The Type has also a small extra tooth located about midway along the dorsal inner margin. Caudal tarsi typical. Calliper measurements of holotype male in millimeters: total length 33.7; pronotum 10.2 in breadth x 7.4 in length; pronotal The Great Basin Naturalist 128 ERNEST R. TINKHAM Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 depth 4.8; caudal femur 12.6 x 4.3; caudal tibia to base of calcars 11.0; subgenital plate 2.5 in length x 4.4 in width. Paratype Male5. — 4 collected at the Type Locality as follows: 2 males May 1, 1962 and reared as indicated in Life History Studies as "B" and "C." 1 male collected Nov. 16, 1963, and 1 half-grown male collected as a second stadium nymph on July 2, 1964 and died July 1965. 1 male collected at the Palm Springs Airport on April 6. 1968, by Dr. Raymond H. Ten Pas. Paratypes identical to holotype in every respect except that in "B" and "C" (reared specimens), the terminal tarsal segments and the ungues are atrophied. This may have been due to inactivity in the cartons or in the case of "C" may have resulted from disturbance or handling immediately following ecdysis. Range in millimeters in paratype males is as follows: Total length 33.5 to 37.5; pronotum 8.5-9.5 in breadth x 6:5-6.9 in length; caudal femura 10.5-12.2 x 4.3 in depth; caudal tibiae to base of calcars 9.4-10.8 mm. Habitat: rolling sand dune ridges, one above the other, and running parallel to the north base of the San Jacinto mountains. Dune shubbery typical of Colorado Desert. Enormous clumps of ancient creosote {Larrea divaricata) form many of the dune ridges. Desert Willow {Chilopsis linearis) is also present and forms similar mounds. Ephedra or Mormon Tea is also present. When winter rains have been adequate, the spring flowers are typical of the dunes elsewhere in Coachella Valley. The Dune Primrose {Oenothera deltoides) make colorful displays and scent the night air. Brown-eyed Primrose {Oenothera clavaeformis) , Spectable Pod {Dithyrea californica) . Cryptantha micrantha and costata, Coldenia plicata forming mats on the sand, wild Rhubarb {Rumex hymenosepalus) , Sandpaper bush {PetaJonyx Thurberi) and many other rarer forms are to be found. Orthopteran Associates: The orthopterans of this area are rather few. In the spring the chief orthopteran is the Giant Sand Treader {Macrobaenetes valgum Strohecker) that is to be found oc- casionally in the spring until late May or early June. The diurnal associates of the area are Xeracris minimus on Petalonyx Thurberi and Coniana snowi on the sand mat Coldenia plicata. Trimerotropis p. pallidipennis is also present. Life History Studies The complete life history of this new species of Stenopelmatus dwelling on certain sections of drift sand and sand dunes in the western end of Coachella Valley is compiled from studies on a very young nymph and several half -grown individuals. On the hot night of July 2, 1964. I arranged to meet and help two men representing a new photographic company they were forming in Los Angeles, at the Palm Springs Depot. I was to assist them in taking movies of night life on the dunes and for my services was to receive a duplicate of several hundreds of feet of the movie Sept. 30. 1968 sand dune orthoptera 129 film taken, which was never received. I brought along a sidewinder and other living specimens to make sure of a successful evening. The only recompense I received was the discovery of a young nymph of Stcnopclmatus cahuilaensis Tinkham n.sp. I was distinctly sur- jirised and delighted to obtain evidently a second stadium nymph of the new species I was anxious to study. The nymph measured be- tween 11 and 12 mm. in length and like all dune biotae undoubtedly emerged from the egg with the advent of the winter rains, probably in late February or early March. I'he nymph lived for a year and was half grown when it died. Following is the biological record. July 2, 1964 — second stadium nymph discovered on a small dune ridge devoid of vegetation, on a hot night within half an hour of sundown. Length between 11-12 mm. Sept. 26. 1964 — sand in bottom of large oatmeal carton sifted through fine wire mesh to recover any possible parts with negative results. Oct. 20, 1964 — sand sifted — negative results. Oct. 22, 1964 — found complete freshly cast skin or exuvium of 2nd stadium Calliper measurements in millimeters: caudal femora 3.8, caudal tibiae 3.5 to base of calcars. Nov. 22, 1964 — found complete cast skin. Dec. 19, 1964 — examined — negative results. Feb. 10, 1965 — 11:30 p.m. when went to feed it lettuce as I did every night, found the nymph in the process of ecdysis. At this time it was lying completely on its back and starting to work its way out of its exuvium. At 11:45 the forelegs had been extri- cated and by 12:05 midnight it was almost half out. Feb. 11. 1965 — At 8:45 a.m. it was out of its skin but still lying on its back. The exuvium was lying ventral side up. A few minutes later it was on its feet as a result of the examination. Measure- ments: caudal femur 5.3; caudal tibia 4.2. The complete 4th stadium exuvium was removed and preserved; otherwise it is usually devoured. April 5, 1965 — sifted sand with negative results. June 27. 1965 — as above. July 18, 1965 — found dead — may have been poisoned on lettuce. Measurements of 5th stadium male nymph well [)reserved in alcohol. Total length 27.3; breadth of head 4.9; pronotum 5.1 in breadth x 3.9 length; caudal femur 6.1; caudal tibia to base of calcars 6.2 mm. This nymph was about the size of the three nymphs collected on May 1. 1962. on which notes are presented below. "A" half-grown nymph collected May 1, 1962. on dunes about one- half mile south of Palm Springs Depot. Fed small piece of lettuce every night when specimen examined. Sept. 23, 1962 — molted about 11 p.m. At 11:20 p.m. it was lying upside down. Thought for a moment it was dead until I saw the cast skin which was still damp. The weather was very humid The Great Basin Naturalist 130 ERNEST R. TINKHAM Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 and at 11:40 p.m.. the room temperature was 26.0° C; the inside of the carton was 25.8° C. The dorsum of the exuvium was spit from the upper level of the eyes to the base of the first abdominal segments. The mouthparts are drawn far under the exuvium at ecdysis. The exuvium took several days to dry out in the carton in the humid weather. Measurements by callipers in millimeters: pronotal length 6.1 (pronotal breadth cannot be measured due to the split parts); caudal femur 9.6; caudal tibia 8.3 to base of calcars. It is unwise to try to measure the freshly emerged living nymph. Oct. 8, 1962 — living nymph measured 40.0 mm. in total length. Oct. 16. 1962, 3:50 p.m.- — Heard a tapping within the carton at a distance of 8 to 10 feet. Tapping made by abdomen hitting the sand in the bottom of the carton; quite loud at a distance of four feet. Since the carton is dark at all times is this the way the female has in attracting the male to it? Oct. 24-25. 1962 — Heard considerable tapping in the middle of each afternoon. More tapping may have gone on but I was not home every afternoon. March 8, 1963— found dead. "B" half-grown male nymph collected May 1, 1962 on dunes about one half mile south of Palm Springs Depot. Fed and examined daily. July 24, 1962 — 7:00 p.m., found molting with skin attached. Oct. 1. 1962 — 11:35 p.m., found lying sternum up. Room air was 26° C. as the cooler had just been cut off. Temperature within carton was 24.6° C. Cast skin when removed was dry so molting had occurred in the early evening. Measurements of exuvium: pronotal length 7.3; caudal femur 11.2; caudal tibia 10.4 mm. Oct. 8. 1962 — measured 40.0 mm. in total length — living. Feb. 26, 1963 — found dead; measured 36.0 mm.; with head stretched forward, 40.0 mm. "C" half-grown male nymph collected May 1. 1962 on dunes about one-half mile south of Palm Springs Depot. Fed and examined daily. July 25, 1962 — molted. Sand and air temperature in carton 17.8° C. cast skin present. Oct. 8, 1962 — 11:20 p.m., room temperature 26° C; bottom of carton 24.0° C. nymph found lying on back sternum-up. Cast skin was behind the nymph and dry when it was picked up. Length of nymph 32.0 mm. Nymph very touchy and quick — ready to fight. Oct. 13, 1962 — nymph not doing very well, lying on side, somewhat shrunken. Oct. 15, 1962 — nymph dead, size had shrunk to 26.0 mm. (mostly shrinking of the abdomen). It is suspected that measuring the freshly emerged nymph on Oct. 8, may have accounted for its Sept. 30, 1968 sand dune orthoptera 131 premature death as the other two nymphs lived almost half a year longer. 1 male paratype was collected on Nov. 16, 1963 and died in March. 1964. This was a good fall for dune insects since there had been good rains in September and the dunes remained damp or wet all fall and winter. 1 male paratype was collected April 6. 1968, by Dr. Raymond L. Ten Pas at the Palm Springs Airport and died May 22, 1968. Life History Summary From the evidence presented the life history of Stenopelmatus cahuilaensis Tinkham n.sp. is as follows. The ova are probably deposited in the spring of the year as are those of the sand treaders of the genera Macrobaenetes Tinkham and Arnmobaenetes Hubbell. Whether they hatch that same spring or in the fall after the advent of late summer or early fall rains is not known at present. The evidence presented does indicate that the nymph takes two full years to mature and that the adult lives at least half a year after maturity is reached. There are at least 7 stadia in the male and perhaps there would be an additional one in the female so that from egg to death of adult can be fully three years or more. This is one year short of the four years of Ammopelmatus kelsoensis of the Gila Desert at an elevation of 2500 feet. Perhaps the hotter year- round temperatures of the Colorado Desert account for the shorter life span but even at that three years for an orthopteran is a remark- ably long time. Bibliography Tinkham, Ernest R. 1965. Studies in Nearctic Desert Sand Dune Orthoptera. Part X. A new genus and species of Stenopelmatine Crickets from the Kelso Dunes with notes on its multi-annual life history and key. Great Basin Naturalist, 25(3 & 4): 63-72, Ipl. with 11 figs. . 1966. Critical notes on the genus Stenopelmatus Burmeister in Cali- fornia with redescription of S. interrnedius Da\as and Smith and a key to the species. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., Fourth Series. 33(18) : 543-650, 6 figs. TiNKH.AM, Ernest R. and Rentz, David. 1968. The description and biology of a new species of Stenopelmatus from California (Orthoptera: Grjllacridi- dae). Pan-Pacific Ent. (awaiting public). FAUNISTIC INVENTORY— BYU ECOLOGICAL STUDIES AT THE NEVADA TEST SITE D Elden Beck' and Dorald M. Allied Introduction These studies were initiated June 1, 1959, and continued until officially terminated December 31. 1966. They were conducted as cooperative research projects between the United States Atomic Energy Commission and the Department of Zoology and Ento- mology, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah. The AEC grants- in-aid were AT(ll-l)-786, AT(11-1)-1326, AT(11-1 )-1335. and AT(11-1)-1336. Although December 31, 1966 is the date when AEC sponsorship ceased, data for many aspects of those studies which remain to be completed are available for those specialists who may be interested in the different animal groups. The main obiective of the research projects was to make a faunis- tic inventory of the test site. The test site was surveyed to determine plant communities characteristic of the areas of our studies. A de- scription of these biotic communities was discussed by Allred. Beck, and Jorgensen (1963a). Studies were then made of areas where nuclear detonations had been conducted and compared with areas where no detonations had taken place. With such baseline data gathered on a year-round basis, better standards of measurement could then be applied to the effects of nuclear testing in this area. The Nevada Test Site is located in the southeastern part of Nye County, Nevada. It is about 70 miles northwest of Las Vegas, just north of the Las Vegas-Tonopah Highway (U.S. 95). The test site is divided in almost equal north-south halves by a biotic line of de- marcation with the Great Basin Province to the north and the Mojave Desert to the south. At the southwestern edge of the site near Forty-mile Canyon the elevation is approximately 2800 feet. At Rainier Mesa in the northcentral region, the elevation is 7694 feet, with some of the surrounding mountains reaching slightly above this level. Practically all portions of the test site were visited and some surveys conducted. However, the major portions of the site where systematic year-around surveys were made are the lowland desert valleys, basins, playas, and foothills. Much yet remains to be done in a similar manner with the uplands, mesas, and mouiiiainous situations. Deposition of Collections Specimens were submitted to specialists for identification from our laboratory at Brigham Young University, Provo. Utah. Upon 1. This report was initially written but not fully completed by the senior author before his untimely death on August 9, 1967. The junior author was concerned mainly in directing the in- ventory and compiling the data included in Table 1 . Condensation and minor changes have been made in the context as initially written by the senior author. 132 Sept. 30. 1968 faunistic inventory 133 request some sj)ecinieiis were retained by the specialists for further study. We have asked all specialists to recommend institutions and organizations where duplicate specimens of their specialty may be deposited. Priority, of course, is given to Brigham Young University and the USNM. A comjilete record of the deposition of all specimens has been maintained, and with the excejjtion of type specimens, all are con- sidered as j)ermanent loans to depositories. This is interpreted as })ermanent so long as the specimens are properly curated. If at any time these collections are no longer considered useful to the deposi- tory, they are to be returned to the United States National Museum. These permanent loans are considered to be continuously available to visiting scientists. Publications Schultz (1966) listed the j)ublications dealing with ecological studies at the Nevada Test Site between the years 1953 and 1966. In his listing, those published as part of the Brigham Young Univer- sity project number over 60. Allred, Beck, and Jorgensen (1966) reported those related to our project in the Proceedings of the Utah Academy of Sciences. Arts, and Letters. After the reports men- tioned above were published, three other reports have been prepared — Spiders of the Nevada Test Site (Allred and Beck. 1967). Male Sphaeropthalmine Mutillid Wasps of the Nevada Test Site (Fergu- son. 1967). and Miridae of the Nevada Test Site (Knight, 1968). Additional reports will be prepared periodically when identification of additional groups are completed. Taxonomic Inventory The following discussion is designed to clarify the data in Table 1. Column 1. The column on the extreme left, Oroup. refers to the general category in which a group of organisms was tentatively placed for study. It is obvious that some major animal groupings are not shown. This was due to the fact that we had neither the manpower nor facilities to include them in our surveys. Columns 2 and 3. Total no. of specimens and No. specimens identified refer to an actual count in some instances and an estimate in others. The numbers in parentheses in these columns refer to actual or estimated numbers of species for each animal group. Some specialists elected only to classify the specimens sent to them, not desiring to publish a report, although in most instances the specialist agreed to make the appropriate descriptions of new genera and species. Column 4. Data published refers to published data. e.g.. Barnum (1964). or the specialist who identified or is currently working with the particular taxonomic group. An asterisk indicates that the un- identified specimens have been dejjosited at the Smithsonian Institu- tion of the USNM pending the availability of a specialist willing to work with that specific group. 134 D. E. BECK, D. M. ALLRED The Great Basin Naturalist Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 Table 1. Inventory of arthropods collected at the Nevada Test Site, 1959-1965. (The numbers are based on actual count or visual approximations. Numbers in parentheses indicate the species represented.) Data published (name Total no. No. and date), specimens in specimens. specimens possessi on of or identified Group all or partly unidentified by (name and address;. identified and available and /or available for study (*) Insecta Thysanura 340 * Collembola 1700 * Ephemeroptera 100 George F. Edmunds, Univ. (immature) Utah. , Salt Lake City Odonata Anisoptera 160(4) * Zj-^goptera 275(8) * Orthoptera 8330(58) Barnum (1964) Isoptera 300 * Embioptera 5 * Psocoptera 300 * Mallophaga and 530 lots ♦ Anoplura (308 vials, 222 slides) Thysanoptera 6340 280 Lewis J. Stannard. Illinois Nat. Hist., Surv., Urbana Hemiptera 14,300 Corixidae 10 Notonectidae 10(3) Naucoridae 23(2) Veliidae 65 Antliocoridae 40 Miridae 315 65 Knight (1967) Phymatidae 17(8) Reduviidae 100(8) Ploiariidae 10 Nabidae 110(3) Tingidae 190(5) 6 Beck and Allred (1966) Neichdae 310(3) 170 ditto Lygaeidae 3900(18) * Coreidae 240(12) * Saldidae 1 « Cydnidae 1 * Corimelaenidae 46 • Pentatomidae 250(8) 50 Beck and Allred (1966) Miscellaneous 486 Carl J. Mus.. Drake, U.S. Nat. , Washington. D. C. Immatures 8380 * Homoptera Cicadidae 70(3) * Membracidae 225(10) * Cicadellidae 1230(40) * Cercopidae 5(2) * Fulgoroidae 400(30) * Psyllidae 240(7) ♦ Aphididae 970 140 Clyde Smith, N. Carolina "State Univ., Raleigh Coccoidae 45 * Immatures 2250 * Neuroptera Myrmeleontidae 200(5) * Chrysopidae 150(2) * Raphidiidae 15(2) * Sept. 30, 1968 FAUNISTIC INVENTORY 135 Table 1 (continued) Data published (name Tot.il no. No. and date) , specimens in (,n,u|' s|)l>( lIlKMlv. spp( inieiis possession o f or identified all or partly unidentified by (name and address). identified and available and /or availal )le for study (*) Hemerobiidae 12(2) . Berothidae 1 • Immatures 10 ♦ Coleoptera Scarabaeidae 845(20) 33(8) Allred and Beck (1965) Curculionidae 315(43) Tanner (1966) Platystomidae 6(3) • Tenebfionidae 15.675(46) Tanner and Packham (1965) Coccinellidae 315(15) Melyridae 400(18) Meloidae 70(8) Dytiscidae 80(3) Hydrophilidae 35(2) Elateridae 425(8) Histeridae 1263(5) Carabidae 575(8) Leptodiridae 375(1) Lathridiidae 110(1) Ptinidae 55(1) Silphidae 65(1) Dermestidae 50(4) Bostrichidae 15(2) Oedemeridae 25(2) Anobiidae 25(4) Cleridae 115(8) 35(7) William F. Barr, Univ. Idaho, Moscow Anthicidae 30(4) Chrysomelidae 500(18) Nitidulidae 120(3) Bruchidae 15(4) Mordellidae 20(2) Phengcxlidae 25(1) Allerulidae 55(3) Silvanidae 25(1) Cryptophagidae 7(1) Elniidae 50(1) Staphylinidae 20(5) Cantharidae 1 Ostomidae 1 William F. Barr. Univ. Buprestidae 45(15) 2(1) Idaho, Moscow Cucujidae 5(1) Pselaphidae 2(1) Lagriidae 1 Leiodidae 1 Lampyridae 2(1) Cerambycidae 115(15) Miscellaneous 730 Immatures 370 Trichoptera 135 Lepidoptera Adults 1413 783(83) Jerry A. Po well, Univ. Calif.. Berkeley Immatures 270 * Diptera 136 D. E. BECK, D. M. ALLRED The Great Basin Naturalist Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 Table 1 (continued) Data published (name Total no. No. and date), specimens in specimens, specimens possession of or identified (iioup all or partly unidentified by (name and address), identified and available and /or available for study (') Bombyliidae 2630(111) 60 Allred, Johnson, and Beck (1965) Hippoboscidae 20(1) • Sarcophagidae 120(2) * Ephydridae 50(2) * Tachinidae 160(10) * Muscidae 25(1) * Bibionidae 30(1) * Calliphoridae 65(4) * Asilidae Many * Therevidae 8(3) * Anthomyiidae 6(1) * Dolichopodidae 4(2) * Tephritidae 175(8) * Cuterebridae 3(1) * Chironomidae 65(4) * Pipunculidae 2(1) * Tipulidae 13(4) * Sepsidae 1 * Syrphidae 55(2) * Scenopinidae 3(1) * Chloropidae 50(3) * Otitidae 1 « Culicidae 4(1) ♦ Conopidae 14(2) * Mydidae 2(1) * Heleomyzidae 13(4) * Miscellaneous 885(60) * Immatures 1230 * Siphonaptera 3720(33) 9 Beck and Allred (1966) Hymenoptera Formicidae 4500(53) 1050 Cole (1966) Mutillidae 120 8 Ferguson (1967) Tiphiidae 575 Marius Wasbauer, Calif. Dept. Agr., Sacramento Apoidae 353 George E. Bohart, Utah State Univ., Logan Miscellaneous 925(90) * Immatures 1100 * Crustaceans Isopoda 500(2) 15 * Branchiopoda 120 George F. Edmunds, Univ. Utah. Salt Lake City Ostracoda 90 40 ditto Diplopoda 156(4) 4 R. V. Chamberlin, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City Chilopoda 85(5) 3 ditto Symphyla 1 * Pauropoda 1 * Scorpionida 1710(9) 240 Gertsch and Allred (1965) Solpugida 1000(28) 45 Muma (1963) Pseudoscorpionida 77 ♦ Phalangida 1700(2) Allred (1965) Acarina Mites 15,800(200) 172 lots Allred (1963a; 1963b; (vials) 1963c); Allred and Beck Sept. 30, 1968 FAIINISTIC INVENTORY 137 Cjioup Ticks Table 1 (continued) 1900(11) Araneida Reptilia 5600(91) 700(29) Aves 900(187) Mammalia 954(46) Tcital no. No. •ipeiiniens. ill I or partly identified specimens unidentified and available 370 Data published (name and date), specimens in possession of or identified by (name and address), and/or available for study (*) (1962; 1964); Allred and Goates (1964a; 1964b); Goates (1963) C. D. Jorgensen, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah Beck, Allred and Brinton (1963) Allred and Beck (1967) Tanner and Jorgensen (1963) Hayward, Killpack. and Richards (1963) Jorgensen and Hayward (1965) List of Depositories of Nevava Test Site Specimens American Museum of Natural History (Dr. Willis Gertsch) Central Park West at 79th Street New York, New York 10000 Coleoptera. Hymenoptera, Isopods, Mites, Orthoptera, Scorpions Arizona State University' (Dr. Mont A. Cazier) Department of Zoology Arizona State University Tempe, Arizona 85281 Coleoptera, Diptera, Hymenoptera, Isopods, Orthoptera. Solpugids, Scorpions Bishop Museum (Dr. Nixon Wilson) Department of Entomology Honolulu, Hawaii 96800 Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, Mites, Orthoptera Brigham Young University (Dr. Dorald M. Allred) Department of Zoology and Entomology Provo, Utah 84601 Birds, Chilopods, Coleoptera, Diplopods, Diptera, Ephemeroptera, Hemip- tera, Hymenoptera. Isopotls, Lepidoptera, Mammals. Mites. Orthoptera, Phalangids, Reptiles, Scorpions, Solpugids. Spiders. Trichoptera California Academy of Science (Mr. Hugh B. Leech) Golden Gate Park San Francisco, California 94100 Coleoptera. Hymenoptera, Isopods, Mites, Orthoptera. Scorpions Chicago Natural History Museum Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, Isopods, Orthoptera, Scorpions, Mites Colorado State University (Dr. Tyler A. Wool ley) Department of Zoology Ft. Collins. Colorado 80521 Coleoptera, Hymenoptera. Mites. Orthoptera Communicable Disease Center (Dr. Hany D. Pratt) The Great Basin Naturalist 138 D. E. BECK, D. M. ALLRED Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 U. S. Public Health Service 50 Seventh Street, N. E. Atlanta, Georgia 30300 Mites Death Valley National Monument Museum (Mr. Dwight T. Warren) Chief Naturalist Death Valley Museum Death Valley, California 92328 Chilopods, Coleoptera, Diptera. Hymenoptera, Isopods, Orthoptera, Scor- pions, Sulpugids Dixie College (Dr. Andrew H. Barnum) Department of Biology St. George, Utah 84770 Coleoptera, Hymenoptera. Orthoptera, Scorpions. Reptiles Florida Depai-tment of Agriculture (Dr. H. A. Denmark) P. O. Box 1269 Seagle Building Gainesville, Florida 32601 Hymenoptera Long Beach State College (Dr. Richard B. Loomis) Department of Biology Long Beacii. California 90800 Mites Los Angeles County Museum (Dr. Charles L. Hogue) Exposition Park Los Angeles, California 90000 Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, Orthoptera Museum of Comparative Zoology (Harvard) (Dr. Howard E. Evans) Insect Department 15 Divinity Ave. Cambridge, Massachusetts 02100 Coleoptera. Hymenoptera, Isopods. Orthoptera, Scorpions New Mexico Highlands University (Dr. Lora M. Shields) Department of Biology Las Vegas, New Mexico 87701 Hymenoptera, Reptiles Ohio Agriculture Experiment Station (Dr. Donald E. Johnston) Institute of Acarology Department of Zoology and Entomology Wooster, Ohio 44691 Hymenoptera, Mites Philadelphia Academy of Natural Science (Mr. Harold J. Grant, Jr.) Department of Insects Nineteenth and the Parkway Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19100 Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, Isopods, Mites, Orthoptera, Scorpions Rocky Mountain Laboratory (Dr. James M. Brennan) Hamilton, Montana 59840 Mites Sept. 30, 1968 faunistic inventory 139 San Josp Stall' College (Dr. William K. Foiguson) (Biology Dopaitnient San Joso. California 95114 Coleopteia. Hyinonoptera. Orthoptera U. S. National Museum (Dr. J. F. Gates Clark) Division of Insects Washington. D. C. 20260 Coleoptera, Hymenoptera. Isopods, Mites, Orthoptera, Scorpions University of California (Berkeley) (Dr. I^eane P. Fuiinan) Department of Entomology' and Parasitology University of California Berkeley,' California 94700 Coleoptera. Hymenoptera, Mites, Orthoptera University of California (Los Angeles) Department of Entomology and Parasitology University of California Los Angeles, California 90000 Mammals University of California (San Francisco) (Dr. J. Ralph Audy) George Williams Hooper Foundation San Francisco Medical Center San Francisco, California 94122 Mites University of Florida (Dr. Martin H. Muma) Citrus Experiment Stations P. O. Box 1088 Lake Alfred, Florida 33850 Solpugids University of Kansas (Dr. Joseph H. Camin) Department of Entomology Lawrence, Kansas 66044 Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, Mites, Orthoptera LTniversity of Michigan (Dr. Theodore H. Hubbell) Museum of Zoology Ann Arbor, Michigan 48103 Coleoptera. Hymenoptera, Mites, Orthoptera, Scorpions University of Nevada (Las Vegas) (Mr. W. G. Bradley) Southern Regional Division Las Vegas. Nevada 89100 Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, Isopods, Mammals, Mites, Orthoptera. Scorpions University of Nevada (Reno) (Dr. Ira LaRivers) Department of Entomology Reno, Nevada 89507 Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, Isopods, Mites, Orthoptera, Scorpions University of Tennessee (Dr. A. C. Cole) Department of Zoology and Entomology Knoxville, Tennessee 37900 Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, Orthoptera, Mites Universitv of Utah (Dr. Don M. Rees) The Great Bsisin Naturalist 140 D. E. BECK, D. M. ALLRED Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 Department of Biology Salt Lake City, Utah 84117 Birds, Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, Isopods, Mites, Orthoptera Utah State University (Dr. Datus Hammond) Department of Zoology Logan, Utah 84321 Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, Mites, Orthoptera, Scorpions Virginia Polytechnic Institute (Dr. B. B. Holliman) Department of Biology Blacksburg, Virginia 24066 Mites Selected References Allred, D. M. 1963a. Mites on squirrels at the Nevada Atomic Test Site. J. Parasitol., 48(6): 81 7. . 1963b. Mites on grasshopper mice at the Nevada Test Site. Great Basin Nat, 22(4): 101-104. 1963c. Mites from pocket mice at the Nevada Test Site. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington, 65 (3): 23 1-233. . 1965. Note of phalangids at the Nevada Test Site. Great Basin Nat., 25 (1-2): 37-38. Allred, D. M., and D E. Beck. 1962. Ecological distribution of mites on lizards at the Nevada Test Site. Herpetologica, 18(1):47-51. . 1964. Mites on reptiles at the Nevada Atomic Test Site. Trans. Ameri- can Microscopical Soc, 83(2):266-268. 1965. A list of Scarabaeidae beetles of the Nevada Test Site. Great Basin Nat., 25(3-4) : 77-79. . 1967. Spiders of the Nevada Test Site. Great Basin Nat., 27(1): 11-25. Allred, D. M., and M. A. Goaies. 1964a. Mites from wood rats at the Nevada Test Site. J. Parasitol., 50(1): 171. . 1964b. Mites from mammals at the Nevada Test Site. Great Basin Nat., 24(2): 71 -73. Allred, D. M., D E. Beck, and C. D. Jorgensen. 1963a. Biotic communities of the Nevada Test Site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 2(2): 1-52. . 1963b. Nevada Test Site study areas and specimen depositories. Brig- ham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 2(4): 1-15. 1966. A summary of the ecological effects of nuclear testing on native animals at the Nevada Test Site. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts, and Letters. 42(2): 252-260. Allred, D. M., D. E. Johnson, and D E. Beck. 1965. A list of some beeflies of the Nevada Test Site. Great Basin Nat., 25 (1-2): 5-11. Barnum, a. H. 1964. Orthoptera of the Nevada Test Site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull, Biol. Ser., 4(3): 1-135. Beck, D E., and D. M. Allred. 1966. Siphonaptera (Fleas) of the Nevada Test Site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 7 (2): 1-27. . 1966. Tingidae, Neididae (Berytidae) and Pentatomidae of the Nevada Test Site. Great Basin Nat. 26(1-2) : 9- 16. Beck, D E., D. M. Allred, and E. P. Brinton. 1963. Ticks of the Nevada Test Site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 4(1): 1-11. Cole, A. C. 1966. Ants of the Nevada Test Site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 7(3): 1-26. Ferguson, W. E. 1967. Male sphaeropthalmine mutillid wasps of the Nevada Test Site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 8(4): 1-26. Sept. 30, 1968 faunistic inventory 141 Gehtsch, W.. and D. M. Ai.ired. 1965. Scorpions of the Nevada Test Site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull.. Biol. Ser., 4(4): 1-1 5. GoATEs, M. A. 1963. Mites on kangaroo rats at the Nevada Test Site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 3 (4): 1-1 2. Hayward, C. L.. M. L. Kili.pack, and G. Richards. 1963. Birds of the Nevada Test Site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 3(1): 1-27. JoRGENSEN. C. D. 1962. Disturbance of mammal traps by jackrabbits. Great Basin Nat., 22(1-3) : 83-86. JoRGENSEN. C. D., AND C. L. Hayward. 1965. Mammals of the Nevada Test Site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull.. Biol. Ser., 6(3):1-81. Knight, H. H. 1968. Miridae of the Nevada Test Site and Western United States. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 9(3): 1-282. MuMA, M. H. 1963. Solpugida of the Nevada Test Site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 3(2):1-15. ScHULTZ, V. 1966. References on Nevada Test Site ecological research. Great Basin Nat., ^6(3-4): 79-86. Tanner, V. M. 1966. Rhynchophoi-a beetles of the Nevada Test Site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 8 (2): 1-35. Tanner, V. M.. and W. Packham. 1965. Tenebrionidae beetles of the Nevada Test Site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 6(1): 1-44. Tanner, W. W., and C. D. Jorgensen. 1963. Reptiles of the Nevada Test Site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 3(3): 1-31. REDESCRIPTION OF MICROZETES AUXILIARIS APPALACHICOLA JACOT (ACARI: CRYPTOSTIGMATA, MICROZETIDAE) ' Harold G. Higgins- and Tyler A. Woolley" ABSTRACT In the original woi-k on this race, Jacot (1938) neither figured nor adequately separated this form from the species auxiliaris. The race is figured and a short diagnostic description made for clarification. — H.G.H. Jacot. in 1938. described Microzetes auxiliaris appalachicola from specimens taken from mossy interspaces of Andropogon sod, old field. Case Place. Rent Creek Exp. Forest, North Carolina on 6 Febru- ary 1935. These specimens were placed on his slide 34F24-3. At the time Jacot made his description, he wrote only four lines and made no drawing of this new taxon. Since that time several writers including Ralogh (1962b) and Higgins (1965) have commented upon the problem that was associated with the identification of this species. Recently in an attempt to identify a small collection of Microzetes from the Southern States, an effort was made to compare them with the species described by Jacot. A single cotype. taken from the original slide and labeled Microzetes appalachicola, became available for study. This specimen, unfortunately, has a dark spot in the area of the lamellar hair and appears to be mounted in balsam making easy remounting impossible. Nevertheless, this specimen ap- pears to be similar in other respects to our specimens from Missis- sippi and Louisiana. A short diagnostic description with figures follows. Microzetes auxiliaris appalachicola Jacot Similar to Microzetes auxiliaris Grandjean. but differing in the following aspects: Lamellae long, reaching to tip of rostrum; inner edge of lamellar cusp longer than lateral edge; aj)ex of cuspis without incision; lamellar hairs long, extending beyond tip of cusps with long cilia as shown in Fig. 2; interlamellar hairs long, rising on lamellae and tapered abruptly near the tip (Fig. 3); lamellar a])ophysis on inner margin of lamellae long, decurved, with a single dorsal pro- jection. Ventral surface and setae similar to M. auxiliaris. Length, 174//, x 126/1. Specimens Examined LouisiAN.A: Four specimens from Gonzales, Ascension Parish. 16 October 1953 by H. S. Dybas. 1. Research supported in part bj- TG-70I -A- 1000094-09 NIH-NIAID. 2. Participant in NSF Research Participation for High School Teachers Program, Colorado Slate University. 3. Department of Zoology, Colorado State University. 142 Sept. 30, 1968 AGAR I. MICROZETIDAE 143 Fig. 1. Dorsal view of Microzetes auxiliaris appalachicola Jacot. Fig. lA. Tip of lamellae showing lamellar hair. Fig. IB. Tip of interlamellar hair. Mississippi: Thirteen specimens from Tunica. Mississippi. 9 July 1939 by N. Park. References Balogh, J. 1962a. New Microzetids from Eastern Peru (Acari, Oribatei) Ann. Hist. - Nat. Mus. Nat. Hung., 54:405-417. . 1962b. An Outline of the Family Microzetidae Grandjean, 1936 (Acari: Oribatei). Opusc. Zool., 4(2-4) : 35-58. 1965. A Synopsis of the World Oribatid (Acari) Genera. Acta Zool. 11 (1-2): 5-99. Grandjean, F. 1936. Microzetes au.xiliaris n. sp. (Oribates). Bui. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 8:138-145. HiGGiNs, G. H. 1965. Two New Mites from tlie United States (Acari: Oribatei, Microzetidae and Oribatellidae). Great Basin Nat., 25:55-58. Iacot, a. C. 1938. Some New Western North Carolina Moss-Mites. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 40(1): 10-15. A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF ORIBATID FROM PACK RAT NESTS ( AC ARI : CR YPTOS riGM AT A, TECTOCEPHEID AE ) ' Tyler A. Woolley- and Harold G. Higgins^ ABSTRACT In a study of oribatids from pack rat nests in Utah a new genus and species of oribatids was found. The new form Exochocepheus eremitus, gen. n.. sp. n., is compared with Niphocepheus and Laniellocepheus, but is differentiated on the basis of the cerotegument, lamellae, translamella and prodorsal hairs. — T.A.W. When Trave (1959) erected the new family Niphyocepheidae and described two new subspecies within the nionotypical genus, he cited Balogh (1943) as the author of the type genus, Niphocepheus, and Schweizer (1922) as the describer of the original species (Ce- pheus nivalis) from which the generic name was modified. Balogh (1965) listed the family and the genus in his synopsis of world genera. In a study of oribatids collected from pack rat nests we found a series of mites that are like Niphocepheus in the appearance of the lamellae, the lamellar hairs and general features, but differ in the fewer setae (6 compared to 13-18) on the genital covers. This new species is also like Lamellocepheus in other features. The cerotegu- ment is reticulate in pattern rather than longitudinal ridges as in Niphocepheus; large spines are found on the tarsi and tibiae of the legs. The sensilli of the new species are different from either Nipho- cepheus or Lamellocepheus. We have not found in the literature any described oribatids that resemble these new forms either from free-living soil mites or from recorded inhabitants of pack rat nests and have concluded that these mites constitute a new genus and species. This new form is described below with a name that indicates its resemblance to the projecting lamellae of Niphocepheus and also refers to the desert type of habitat in which it is found. Exochocepheus eremitus, gen. n.. sp. n. (Figs. 1-5) Diagnosis: Prodorsum resembles Nichocepheus in general shape of the lamellae and attached cerotegument, but with lamellae sep- arated medially rather than fused and without a complete trans- lamella; the sensillus is clavate and spined. at least a third longer than the sensillus in Nichocepheus in comparative length and with- out as large a head as in Lamellocepheus . The lamellae of the new species are most similar to those of Lamellocepheus, but exhibit a slight incomplete translamella compared to the complete absence of this feature in Lamellocepheus. The six pairs of genital setae and the 1. Research supported in part by TG-701-A-1000094-09 Nm-NIAID. 2. Department of Zoology. Colorado State University. 3. Participant in NSF Research Participation for High School Teachers Program, Colorado State University, 1968. 144 Sept. 30, 1968 new genus, species of oribatid 145 Fig. 1 . Dorsum of Exochocepheus eremitus, gen. n., sp. n., with cerotegument in place; legs omitted. Fig. 2. Enlarged view of prodorsum of E. eremitus, gen., n., sp. n. Fig. 3. Venter of E. eremitus, gen. n., sp. n., with cerotegument in place, legs partially shown. Fig. 4. Enlarged view of anal covers of E. eremitus, gen. n., sp. n. Fig. 5. Genu, tibia, tarsus of leg I of E. eremitus, gen. n., sp. n., from lateral aspect. feature in Lamellocepheus . The six pairs of genital setae and the large leg spines in this genus and species are the bases for placement in the Tectocepheidae rather than the Niphocepheidae. The generic name is formed from the Greek exochos, meaning jutting out or projecting and refers to the lamellae; the trivial name derives from the Greek eremites and implies desert dweller. Description: Color yellow-brown; integumental surface ob- scured by rugose cerotegument; rostrum irregular in outline, rostral hairs finely barbed, curved, inserted posterior to level of lamellar hairs; lamellae narrowed, covered with a translucent cerotegument. curved laterally to meet the [)seudostigmata; lamellar hairs hook-like or strongly decurved. smooth most of length of hair, finely barbed at base of hair shaft near insertion (Fig. 2). inserted in tips of round- The Great Basin Naturalist 146 H. G. HIGGINS, T. A. WCK)LLEY Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 ed lamellar cusps, extending through circular channels in cerotegu- ment into areolae in distal tips of lamellae; translamella nearly ab- sent except for small, medial sclerotized points about a third the length of lamellae posteriorly; pseudostigmata circular in outline, widely opened, sensillus clavate and distinctly spined. spines ex- tended down two-thirds length of sensillus toward base, head longer than pedicel; tectopedia I with outer covering of cerotegument. Hysterosoma nearly round, narrowed posteriorly in some speci- mens, covered with cerotegument of reticulate surface pattern; distinctly squared shoulders posterior to pseudostigmata; visible dorsal setae and fissures as seen in Fig. 1. Camerostome elongated, broken in type specimen; ventral apode- mata and setae as in Fig. 3; genital aperture between levels of legs III and IV. nearly square, each genital cover with six setae; g: 1 near anteromedial corner, at least twice as long as other setae; g:2 either lateral to or slightly posterior to g:l; g:3, g:4, g:6 inserted about same distance from medial margin equidistant from each other; g:5 displaced laterally; aggenital setae laterad of genital and anal open- ings, inserted subequal distance from each opening; anal opening pentagonal, larger and more elongated than genital; each anal cover is divided by a longitudinal ridge, closer to medial margin than to lateral; anal setae inserted in slight emarginations of ridge in anterior and posterior thirds of cover (Fig. 4); fissure iad near anterolateral margin of anal opening; only one pair of adanal setae observed in type (ada:3) (Fig. 4). Legs heterotridactylous, medial claw much larger than fine, hair-like laterals; large spine on tibia and tarsus I (Fig. 5) and all other legs; tibial solendion of leg I in large prominence with sub- apical seta, other setae as seen in Fig. 5. Measurements: Total length 492/t from tip of lamella to pos- terior margin, cerotegument included, prodorsum 132^1.; width at widest part of hysterosoma 283//,. Collection Data: The type specimen is a male and slightly broken, the drawing is partially reconstructed. The type was drawn from slide 1326.037. University of Utah-Ecol. Res. Thirteen speci- mens, 10 males, two females and one undertermined sex, were taken from a Neotoma nest. Cedar Mountains. Tooele Co.. Utah. 22 June 1953 by W. Thomas; two males were from Bicknell, Utah, one taken 19 March 1949. one taken 29 March 1951, both by Harold G. Hig- gins; one specimen of undetermined sex was collected from a Neotoma nest at Sigurd. Utah. 9 April 1949, by S. Mulaik. Literature Cited Balough, J. 1943. Systematische studien iiber siebenburgische Moosmilben. Annales Hist. Nat. Musei Nat. Hungarici. . 1965. A Synopsis of World Oribatid Genera. Acta Zoologica 11(1/2): 5-99. ScHWEiZER, Josef. 1922. Beitrag zur Kermtnis der terrestrichen Milbenfauna der Schweiz. Verhl. der Naturforc.henden Gesellschaft in Basel 28:23-112. Trave, Joseph. 1959. Sur le genre Niphocepheus Balogh, 1943, Les Nipho- cepheidae, Famille Nouvell (Acariens, Oribates). Acarologia 1 (4) : 475-497. NOMENCLATURE CHANGES IN THE ALASKAN FLORA Stanley L. Welsh' Floristics revisions generally lead to adjustments in nomenclature and to the description of i)reviously undescribed entities. This is the case with the revision of the Alaskan flora also. The necessity for changes of nomenclature is a result of increased knowledge about entities, the examination of additional or unusual specimens, the filling in of gaps in distributional records, and differences in point of view on what constitutes a taxon and on what level it should be recognized. All nomenclatural changes have been checked against the most modern treatments for the groups in which they belong and against standard indices of botanical literature. Specimens on which new entities are based are deposited in herbaria designated by standardized international code letters. The conclusions presented here represent the results of four years of intensive study of Alaskan flora. That some of the interpretations might be in error is hereby granted, and for the errors the writer herewith submits his apologies. Hopefully, the changes reported here will lead to a more stable nomenclature and to better under- standing of a vastly interesting flora. Justification for the conclu- sions reached here will be more readily apparent when the proposed revision of Anderson s Flora of Alaska appears in print. The writer wishes to thank Dr. Richard W. Pohl. administrator of the Anderson bequest to Iowa State University for financial aid necessary to complete this study. Gratitude is also expressed to Dr. Duane Isely for his support and encouragement. BORAGINACEAE Mertensia maritima (L.) S. F. Gray var. asiatica (Takeda) Welsh Stat. nov. (based on: Mertensia maritima ssp. asiatica Takeda Jour. Bot. 49:222. 1911) Mertensia paniculata (Ait.) (i. Don ssp. eastwoodiae (Macbr.) Welsh Stat. nov. (based on: Mertensia eastwoodiae Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. 49:18. 1917) CARYOPHYLLACEAE Arenaria larici folia L. var. hultenii Welsh var. nov. Planta similis var. laricifolia, differens in folia ohtusa.. liucaria ad anguste ohlonpa, pleurumquc uninervis et glabra rrl tautum ciliata. Alaska: Takotna. Anderson & Gasser 7398, 24 July 1941 (ISC, holotype; BRY. isotvpe). Additional specimens from Alaska: Unalakleet,"^ Anderson 5088. 29 August 1938 (ISC. BRY); Takotna Mt., R. L. Layden 167, 9 July 1948 (ISC); Mt. Fairplay. Anderson I. Department of Rotnriy, UriKliaiii ^■(lnng University, Provo. Ulali. 147 148 The Great Basin Naturalist STANLEY L. WELSH Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 FLORA OF ALASKA \renaria laricifolia L. var. hultenii Habitat Mpine Localltj nate Takotna h Julv 19U 7398 Figure 1. Isotype of Arenaria laricifolia L. var. hultenii Welsh var. nov. 10810. 22 July 1948 (ISC); Mt. McKinlev National Park, Nelson & Nelson 3898, 21 July 1939 (ISC); Golovin, Anderson 5038, 27 Aug- ust 1938 (ISC). This variety is named in honor of Eric Hulten, distinguished student of Alaskan botany. Arenaria rossii R. Br. ex Richards, var. elegans (Cham. & Schlecht.) Welsh Stat, nov. (based on: Arenaria elegans Cham. &. Schlecht. Linnaea 1:57. 1826) Cerastium beeringianum Cham. & Schlecht. var. aleuticum (Hulten) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Cerastium aleuticum Hulten Svensk. Bot. Tidskr. 30:520. 1936) Sept. 30, 1968 nomenclature changes 14^ CHENOPODIACEAE Atriplex patula L. var. alaskensis (Wats.) Welsh stat. nov. (based on: Atriplex alaskensis Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 9:108. 1874) COM POSIT AE Antennaria alpina (L.) Gaertn. var. stolonifera (Porsild) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Antennaria stolonifera Porsild Can. Field- Nat. 64:16. 1950) Antennaria alpina (L.) Gaertn. var. megacephala (Fern.) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Antennaria megacephala Fern, ex Raup Contr. Arnold. Arb. 6:208. 1943) Antennaria alpina (L.) Gaertn. var. compacta (Malte) Welsh comb, nov. (based on: Antennaria compacta Malte Rhodora 36:111. 1934) Arnica alpina (L.) Olin var. lonchophylla (Greene) Welsh comb, nov. (based on: Arnica lonchophylla Greene Pittonia 4:164. 1900) Arnica amplexicaulis Nutt. var. prima (Maguire) Welsh stat. nov. (based on: Arnica amplexicaulis ssp. prima Maguire Madrono 6:154. 1942) Arnica chamissonis Less. var. incana (Gray) Welsh stat. nov. (based on: Arnica foliosa var. incana Gray Am. Nat. 8:213. 1874) Arnica louiseana Farr. var. frigida (Meyer ex Iljin) Welsh stat. nov. (based on: Arnica frigida Meyer ex Iljin Trav. Mus. Bot. Acad. U. R. S. S. 19:112. 1926) Artemisia campestris L. ssp. borealis (Pallas) H. & C. var. canadensis (Michx.) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Artemisia canadensis Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2:128. 1803) Artemisia campestris L. ssp. borealis (Pallas) H. & C. var. strutzae Welsh var. nov. A var. borealis differt foliis dense pilosis et inflorescentiis subpa- niculatis vel paniculatis. Alaska: Roadside, ca. 2 miles east of Potter, near mile 112 Seward Highway, Welsh 4524, 7 July 1965. (BRY, holotype; ISC, isotype). Additional specimens from Alaska: Cliffs along Turnagain Arm, along Highway 1, 25 miles south of Anchor- age, Welsh 4115, 14 June 1965 (BRY. ISC) ; Glenn Highway, ca. mile 112, near Sheep Mountain, Strutz 44, 18 June 1953 (BRY); Seward Highway, mile 105, Strutz 1967-1 (BRY); Seward Highway, mile 108.5, do 1967-2 (BRY); Seward Highway, mile 113, do 1967-3 (BRY); Seward Highway, mile 113, do 1967-4a, 1967-4b (BRY); Seward Highway, mile 115, do 1967-5 (BRY), all 20 August 1967; Seward Highway, mile 16, Williams 1566, 22 June 1966 (BRY). This variety is named in honor of Mrs. Aline Strutz, botanical en- thusiast, collector, and Alaskan pioneer. Artemisia frigida L. var. williamsae Welsh var. nov. 150 STANLEY L. WELSH The Great Basin Naturalist Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 i .1 (Jt ca^-KfU.*J^\X^ a^ if-.^i/^-i i-ii,i. v-Ac*^ '#" Figure 2. Holotype of Artemisia campestris L. ssp. borealis (Pallas) H. & C. var. strutzae Welsh var. nov. A var. frigida differt receptaculis glabris vel glabratis et capitulis saepe supra 5 mm. latis. Yukon rERRixoRY: Alaska Highway, mile 1070, at Kluane Lake, on lakeshore gravel, Williams 1369, 31 July 1965 (BRY, holotype). Additional specimens: Yukon Territory: Along Alaska Highway, at Duke River, Williams 1888, 26 July 1966 (BRY). Alaska: Glenn Highway, mile 113, Strutz 45, 18 June 1953 (BRY, ISC). This variety is named in honor of Mrs. Sept. 30, 1968 nomenclature changes 151 Figure 3. Holotype of Artemisia frigida L. var. williamsae Welsh var. nov. Maxine Morgan Williams, long-time Alaskan resident and botanical collector. Artemisia norvegica Fries var. comata (Rydb.) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Artemisia comata Rydb. N. Am. Fl. 34:263. 1916) Artemisia tilesii Ledeb. var. aleutica (Hulten) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Artemisia unalaskensis var. aleutica llulten Fl. Aleu- tian Isl. 327. 1937) The Great Basin Naturalist 152 STANLEY L. WELSH Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 Saussurea angustifolia (Willd.) DC. var. viscida (Hulten) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Saussurea viscida Hulten Lunds Univ. Arssk. N. F. Avd. 2. 46:1627. 1950) Tanaceturn bipinnatum (L.) Schultz-Bip. ssp. huronense (Nutt.) Welsh Stat. nov. (based on: Tanaceturn huronense Nutt. Gen. 2:141. 1818) CRUCIFERAE Cochlearia officinalis L. var. sessilifolia (Rollins) Welsh stat. nov. (based on: Cochlearia sessilifolia Rollins Contr. Dudley Herb. 3: 182. p. 46, fig. 1. 1941) Draha horealis DC. var. maxima (Hulten) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Draha maxima Hulten Lunds Univ. Arssk. N. F. Avd. 2. 41:859. 1944) Erysimum asperum (Nutt.) DC. var. angustatum (Rydb.) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Erysimum angustatum Rydb. Bull. N. Y. Rot. Gard. 2:171. 1901) Rorippa islandica (Oed.) Borbas var. barbaraeifolia (DC.) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Camelina barbaraeifolia DC. Syst. Nat. 2:517. 1821) GENTIANACEAE Gentianella propinqua (Richards.) Gillett var. aleutica (Cham. & Schlecht.) Welsh stat. nov. (based on: Gentiana aleutica Cham. & Schlecht. Linnaea 1:175. 1826) LEGUMINOSAE Hedysarum boreale Nutt. ssp. mackenzii (Richards.) Welsh stat. nov. (based on: Hedysarum mackenzii Richards. Rot. Append. Frankl. Joum. 745. 1823) Oxytropis arctica R. Rr. var. barnebyana Welsh var. nov. Herba perennis acaulescens, caudices multi vel pauci-ramosis, ramuli brevis; folia pinnatis, 6-15 cm. longis; foliola 9-15, oblongis vel lanceolatis oppositis vel alternis, 4-15 mm. longis, 2-5 mm. latis, obtusis vel acutis, aliquantum pilosis supra et infra; stipulae et petioli adnatis; scapi foliis longior, 5- ad 8-floribus; coroUae albus. apicibus carinis purpureo-maculatis., 18-22 mm. longis; legumina adscendens, substipitatis. biloculis, 18-25 mm. longis. Acaulescent perennial herbs from a branching caudex; leaves pinnate, 6-15 cm. long, the leaflets 9-15, oblong to lanceolate, oppo- site or alternate, not fasciculate, 4-15 mm. long, 2-5 mm. broad, ob- tuse to acute, somewhat pilose on both surfaces; stipules adnate to the petioles, 10-25 mm. long, the free ends acuminate, 7-12 mm. long, pilose dorsally, becoming glabrate in age, ciliate and beset with clavate marginal processes; scapes 9-15 (20) cm. long; rachis of raceme 0.5-4.5 cm. long; flowers white, fading cream or yellowish, the keel-tip maculate; calyx cylindric, villous with light and dark Sept. 30, 1968 nomenclature changes 153 ^ IN Otytfif^ in.t^, RU. v»t htfntM,^ 'Mil- aLaMa. USA f^. rt '■ 4' 1 , Figure 4. Holotype of Oxytropis arctica R. Br. var. barnebyana Welsh var. nov. in mixed Saliz heath, Welsh 5729, 9 July 1966 (BRY. holotype: ISC, NY. US, ALA, isotypes). Additional specimens: Kotzebue. Welsh 5758. 10 July 1966 (BRY, ISC); do. Anderson 4740b. 12 August 1938 (ISC); do. Strutz 432. 26 June 1963 (BRY); do. Strutz 1021, 9 July 1966 (BRY); do, Welsh 5841. 13 July 1966; Sadlerochit R.. Spetzman 950. 30 July 1948 (BRY, mixed collection). This variety is abundant near Kotzebue. It is named in honor of Rupert C. Barneby, monographer of North American Oxytropis. The Great Basin Naturalist 154 STANLEY L. WELSH Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 R., Spetzman 950, 30 July 1948 (BRY, mixed collection). This variety is abundant near Kotzebue. It is named in honor of Rupert C. Barneby, monographer of North American Oxytropis. ONAGRACEAE Epilobium alpinum L. var. sertulatum (Hausskn.) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Epilobium sertulatum Hausskn. Osterr. Bot. Zeits. 29:52. 1879) Epilobium alpinum L. var. behringianum (Hausskn.) Welsh comb, nov. (based on: Epilobium behringianum Hausskn. Mon. Epil. 277. 1884) Epilobium palustre L. var. davuricum (Fisch. ex Hornem.) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Epilobium davuricum Fisch. ex Hornem. Hort. Hafn. Suppl. 44. 1819) POLEMONIACEAE Phlox sibirica L. var. alaskana (Jordal) Welsh stat. nov. (based on: Phlox alaskana Jordal Rhodora 54:38. 1952) Phlox sibirica L. var. borealis (Wherry) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Phlox borealis Wherry Morris Arboretum Monog. 3:126. 1955) Phlox sibirica L. var. richardsonii (Hook.) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Phlox richardsonii Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2:73. tab. CLX. 1840) POLYGONACEAE Polygonum alpinum All. ssp. alaskanum (Small) Welsh stat. nov. (based on: Polygonum alpinum All. var. alaskanum Small Monog. 33. 1895) PORTULACACEAE Montia bostockii (Porsild) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Claytonia bostockii Porsild Bull. Nat. Mus. Can. 121: 160. 1951) Montia scammaniana (Hulten) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Clay- tonia scammaniana Hulten Bot. Nat. 1939:826. 1939) PRIMULACEAE Dodocatheon pulchellum (Raf.) Merrill var. alaskanum (Hulten) Welsh stat. nov. (based on: Dodocatheon macrocarpum var. alaskanum Hulten Lunds Univ. Arssk. N. F. Avd. 2. 44:1289. 1948) RANUNCULACEAE Aconitum delphinifolium DC. var. paradoxum (Reichb.) Welsh stat. nov. (based on: Aconitum paradoxum Reichb. Monogr. Gen. Aconit. 76. tab. 10, fig. 3-5. 1820) Sept. 30, 1968 nomenclature changes 155 Anemone narcissiflora L. var. villosissima (DC.) Welsh stat. nov. (based on: .Inemone narcissiflora villosissima DC. Prodr. 1:22. 1824) ROSACEAE X Geum macranthum (Kearney ex Rydb.) Welsh hybrid nov. (based on: Sieversia macranthn Kearney ex Rydb. N. Am. Fl. 22:412. 1913) SAXIFRAGACEAE Saxifraga davurica Willd. var. grandipetala (Engler & Irmscher) Welsh Stat. nov. (based on: Saxifraga davurica Willd. fma. grandipetala Engler & Irmscher ex Engler Pflanzenreich IV. 117 (heft 67): 22. 1916) Saxifraga punctata L. var. insularis (Hulten) Welsh stat. nov. (based on: Saxifraga punctata ssp. insularis Hulten Svensk. Hot. Tidskr. 30:524. 1936) Saxifraga punctata L. var. porsildiana (Calder & Savile) Welsh stat. nov. (based on: Saxifraga punctata ssp. porsildiana Calder & Savile Can. Jour. Bot. 38:429. 1960) Saxifraga punctata L. var. pacifica (Hulten) Welsh stat. nov. (based on: Saxifraga punctata ssp. pacifica Hulten Lunds Univ. Arssk. N. F. Avd. 2. 40:928. 1944) SCROPHULARICEAE Euphrasia arctica Lange ex Rostrup var. mollis (Ledeb.) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Euphrasia officinalis var. mollis Ledeb. Fl. Ross. 3:263. 1849) Pedicularis sudetica Willd. var. pacifica (Hulten) Welsh stat. nov. (based on: Pedicularis sudetica ssp. pacifica Hulten Svensk Botanisk Tidskr. 55:203. 1961) Veronica wormskjoldii Roem. & Schult. var. stelleri (Pallas) Welsh comb. nov. (based on: Veronica stelleri Pallas ex Schrad. & Link Bot. Jahrb. 3:40. 1820) References Barneby, R. C. 1952. A revision of the North American species of Oxytropis DC. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. IV. 27:172-312. Beamish, K. I. 1955. Studies in the genus Dodocatheon of North America. Bull. Torrey Club 82:357-366. Calder, J. A., and D. B. O. Savile. 1960. Studies in Saxifragaceae - III. Saxifraga odontoloma and Lyallii, and North American subspecies of S. punctata. Can. Jour. Bot. 38:409-435. Engler, A., and E. Irmscher. 1916-1918. Saxifragaceae- Saxifraga I, II. Pflanzenreich IV. 117(heft 67, 69): 1-709. Fernald, M. L., and K. M. Wiegand. 1915. The genus Euphrasia in North America. Rhodora 17:181-201. Gillett, J. M. 1963. The Gentians of Canada, Alaska, and Greenland. Can. Dept. Agr. Publ. 1180:1-99. The Great Basin Naturalist 156 STANLEY L. WELSH Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 Hall, H. M., and F. E. Clements. 1923. Genus Artemisia, pp. 31-156. In: The phylogenetic method in taxonomy. Cam. Inst. Wash. Pub. No. 326. Hitchcock, C. L. 1941. A revision of the Drabas of western North America. Univ. Wash. Publ. Bio. 11:1-132. . 1961. Epilobium. pp. 473-485. In: C. L. Hitchcock, et al. Vascular Plants of the Pacific Northwest. Univ. Wash. Pub. Bio. 17:1-615. HuLTEN, E. 1956. The Cerastium alpinum complex. A case of world-wide in- trogressive hybridization. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 50:411-495. . 1961. The Pedicularis species from NW America, P. albertae n. sp. and P. sudetica sens. lat. Svensk Botanisk Tidskr. 55:193-204. Keck, D. D. 1946. A revision of the Artemisia vulgaris complex in North America. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. IV. 25:421-468. Maguire, B. 1943. A monograph of the genus Arnica. Brittonia 4:386-510. . 1951. Studies in the Carophyllaceae - V. arenaria in North America north of Mexico. A conspectus. Am. Midi. Nat. 46:493-511. . 1958. Arenaria rossii and some of its relatives in America. Rhodora 60:710. MuNz, P. A. 1965. Epilobium. pp. 198-225. In: Onagraceae. N. Am. Fl. II. 5:1-278. Pennell, F. W. 1921. Veronica in North and South America. Rhodora 23: 1-22, 29-41. PoRSiLD, A. E. 1950. The genus Antennaria in northwestern Canada. Can. Field-Nat. 64:1-25. . 1965. The genus Antennaria in eastern arctic and subarctic America. Saertryk Bot. Tidsskr. 61:22-55. Rollins, R. C. 1940. Studies in the genus Hedysarum in North America. Rhodora 42: 217-239. RossBACK, G. B. 1958. The genus Erysimum in North America north of Mexico - a key to the species and varieties. Madrono 14:261-267. ScHULz, O. E. 1927. Cruciferae - Draba et Erophila. Pflanzenreich IV. 105 (heft 89(2)): 1-396. Thompson, H. J. 1953. The biosystematics of Dodocatheon. Contr. Dudley Herb. 4:73-154. Welsh, S. L. 1967. Legumes of Alaska II: Oxytropis DC. Iowa State Jour. Sci. 41:277-303. Wherry, E. E. 1955. The genus Phlox. Morris Arboretum Monog. 3:1-174. A NEW VARIETY OF ERIOGONUM UMBELLAIUM FROM SOUTHERN NEVADA James L. Reveal'- - In a series of Eriogonum specimens received for study from the Nevada Test Site in the fall of 1967 I discovered a local population of E. urnbellatum Torr. which seemed to represent an undescribed variety in this exceedingly complex species. During the growing season of 1968. I had an opportunity to work on the Test Site and study this population in the field. The original suspicions that it was undescribed were confirmed, and the new variety is now proposed as: Eriogonum urnbellatum Torr. var. vernum Reveal, var. nov. A var. dichrocephalo Gandg. differt perianthiis straminum vel luteus, (5-) 6-9 (-10) mm. longis, foliis var. subarido S. Stokes simulans, subglabris vel glabris, viridis. A var. umbellato differt statura major, plantis usque ad 0.6 (-0.9) m. altis et 0.9 (-1.3) m. latis, tholiformis. Dome-shaped perennial shrubs 0.3-0.6 (-0.9) m. high and 0.3- 0.9 (-1.3) m. across from highly branched, brown, woody caudices, these often making up more than half the plants' height; leaves whorled. restricted to the tips of elongated sterile shoots and the base of flowering stems, the leaf-blades elliptic, acutish, broadest near the middle or slightly above the middle, 1-2.5 cm. long, (3-) 5-9 mm. wide, slightly thickened along the margins in some, sparsely pubescent on both surfaces in early anthesis becoming less pubescent above during anthesis until nearly or totally glabrous on both sur- faces in fruit; petioles ± narrowly winged, pubescent or glabrous depending upon the time of anthesis, up to 15 mm. long; flowering stems (5-) 8-15 cm. long, sparsely white floccose in early anthesis be- coming glabrous and bright green during anthesis and early fruiting except for the very base, maturing brownish, the stems stout and somewhat rigid; bracts foliaceous, up to 1.5 cm. long, similar to the leaves only more reduced and sessile, usually reflexed; inflorescences up to 6 (-10) cm. long, 3-. mostly 4- to 5-rayed, the rays sparsely and thinly floccose becoming glabrous during anthesis in most, spreading; involucres campanulate, the tube 1.5-2.5 mm. long, the lobes 2-3 mm. long, reflexed, sparsely floccose„ithe numerous flowers long exserted on glabrous pedicels; perianth pale to bright yellow. (5-) 6-9 (-10) mm. long including the stipe, glajbrous. the outer whorl of segments 4-6 mm. long. 2.5-5 mm. wide, broadly elliptical, the inner whorl of segments 5-8 mm. long. 3-4.5 mm. wide, spathulate; stamens includ- ed, becoming exserted during anthesis when the calyx-segments 1. Laboratory of Nuclear Medicine and Radiation Biology, University of California, I/)s Angeles California 90024. Present address: Department of Botany, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah S4fi01. 2. Work performed under Contract No. AT (04-1) Gen-12 between the University of California and the Division of Biology and Medicine, U. S. Atomic Energy Commission. 157 The Great Basin Naturalist 158 JAMES L. REVEAL Vol. XXVIII, No. 3 greenish, or yellowish-brown. 3.5-5 mm. long, distinctly 3-angled nearly the entire length; embryo green, straight. Type. — Nevada: Nye Co., Nevada Test Site, common in soils derived from light-colored volcanic rocks near the Yucca Flat - Forty- Mile Canyon drainage divide at the N end of Shoshone Mtn. along the Buckboard Mesa (or Tippipah Spring) Road, 0.3 mi. E of the divide and ca. 1 mi. W of Tippipah Spring, elevation 5450 feet, 4 Jmie 1968. James L. Reveal 1159. Holotype deposited at UTC. Isotypes distributed to ARIZ, BRY, CAS, DS. GH. MO, NTS\ NY. RSA, UC, US, UT. and other herbaria. Distribution. — Known only from near volcanic rock outcrops along the foothills of desert ranges from Shoshone Mtn. N to the S end of the Monitor Range, 5200-6500 feet elevation. Nye Co., Nevada. Flowering from May to early June. Specimens Examined. — Nevada: Nye Co., Cat Canyon. Timber Mtn., Beatley & Bostick 5021 (BRY. NTS, NY, UTC), the ochroleu- cous-flowered form, 5023 (BRY, NTS, NY, UTC). the yellow-flowered form; canyon W of Tippipah Point, Shoshone Mtn.. Beatley 4533 (BRY, NTS); 1.5 mi. W of the Yucca Flat - Forty Mile Canyon drainage divide. N Shoshone Mtn., Beatley 5666, 5667, 5668 (BRY, NTS) ; 28.5 mi. E of Tonopah. 5 mi. E of the Salisbury Flat turnoff. S. Monitor Range. Reveal & Beatley 1118 (BRY, CAS, GH, NTS^ NY, UC, US, UTC); near the top of Tippipah Point. Shoshone Mtn., Reveal 1144 (BRY, CAS, NTS, NY, UC, US, UTC); White Blotch Springs, Reveal 1351 (BRY. CAS, GH, MO, NTS, NY. RSA, UC, US, UTC); SE of Shoshone Peak. ca. 2.5 mi. SW of Mine Mtn. Junction, Reveal 1380 (BRY. CAS, GH, NTS. NY, UC, US. UTC); Tippipah Spring, Richards s.n. (BRY). The recognition of any new taxon in the Eriogonum umbellatum complex must be approached with considerable caution. Not only are the numerous varieties difficult to distinguish in some localities, there has not been a comprehensive review of the complex published as of yet. Over the last few years I have been able to study several of the critical type specimens and have been able to see many of the varieties in the field so that it is now possible to recognize over twenty-five different varieties in the species. While many problems remain to be solved, it is possible to recognize and describe the ob- viously distinct forms without the fear of having them already circumscribed under another name. The various forms in the Eriogonum umbellatum complex in southern Nevada are rather distinctive and not normally subject to the kind of confusion one usually finds in this species, as in the Pacific Northwest for example. The large, spreading subshrubs with compound inflorescences and subglabrous leaves are called var. subaridum S. Stokes, while the forms of lower stature with more yellowish to reddish flowers with a tan midrib are known as var. dichrocephalum Gandg. (formerly known in the literature as var. aridum (Greene) C. L. Hitchc). Those plants with reddish-brown to pink flowers having large reddish or purple midribs are called 3. NTS is used here to designate the Nevada Test Site Herbarium, Mercury, Nevada 89023. Sept. 30, 1968 eriogonum from Nevada 159 var. versicolor S. Stokes. All of these plants normally flower from late June or early .July through late September. The var. vernum, as the name imjjlies, flowers in the spring of the year from May to early .June. Likewise, none of these southern Nevada varieties has flowers as long as those found in var. vernum. The var. vernum exhibits several interesting morphological fea- tures which are variously found in other forms of this species. The highly branched woody caudices are similar to the form of var. umbellatum typically seen along the eastern slopes of the Sierra Nevada and thus the plants are much more erect and woody than the low^ matted Rocky Mountain populations of var. umbellatum. The leaves of var. vernum are similar to those of var. subaridum, changing in the degree of pubescence as the growing season pro- gresses. The large flower size is similar to that of vars. polyanthum (Benth. in DC.) M. E. Jones and speciosum (Drew) S. Stokes of northern California, but otherwise var. vernum is not closely related. Unlike most varieties, the new variety has two distinct and seem- ingly not intergrading color forms — one with bright sulfur-yellow flowers and the other with pale-yellow or ochroleucous flowers. In Cat Canyon, on the eastern side of Timber Mountain, the two grow together with the pale-flowered form much more common than the yellow-flowered form. On Shoshone Mountain, only the pale-A'ellow form has been found, as is the case for the White Blotch Springs })opulation to the north. On the southern end of the Monitor Range, however, onl}^ the bright yellow-flowered form was found. The flowers of the pale-colored form are less persistent in fruit than those with the yellow color; in late June, most of the flowers have fallen from the plants in the first case while in the latter case, the yellow flowers containing mature fruit can still be found on the plants. Of the various taxa in the species, the var. vernum is {)robably most closely related to var. dichrocephalum . In general, var. dichro- cephalum on the Nevada Test Site (and elsewhere in its range) occurs at a higher elevation than var. vernum.. but some plants in otherwise large populations of var. dichrocephalum have been seen in early anthesis in mid-June, and completely flowering plants are not uncommon in late June and early July. Thus, with the few com- mon morphological features shared plus this characteristic of early flowering, it is possible to suggest this relationship. S-Cp78c& The Volume XXVIII, No. 4 December 31, 1968 Mus. coMp. zooa library; MAR 11971 HARVARD UNIVERSITY Great Basin mmmum Published by Brigham Young University GREAT BASIN NATUEALIST Editor: Vasco M. Tanner, Department of Zoology and Entomology Brigham Yomig University, Provo, Utah Associate Editor: Stephen L. Wood, Department of Zoology and Entomology, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah Members of the Editorial Board: Ferron L. Andersen (5), Zoology Jay V. Beck (3), Bacteriology Robert W. Gardner (1), Animal Science Joseph R. Murdock (4), Botany WiLMER W. Tanner (2) , Zoology, Chairman of the Board Stanley L. Welsh ( 1 ) , Botany Ex officio Members: A. Lester Allen, Acting Dean, College of Biological and Agricultural Sciences Ernest L. Olson, Chairman, University Publications, Uni- versity Editor The Great Basin Naturalist Published at Provo, Utah by Brigham Young University Volume XXVIII December 31, 1968 No. 4 LACE BUGS COLLECTED DUBING IHE BBEDIN-ABCHBOLD-SMITHSONIAN BIOLOGICAL SUBVEY OF DOMINICA, B. W. I. (HEMIPTEBA: TINGIDAE) Richard C. Froeschner^ The recent Drake and Buhoff "Catalog" (1965) contains no record of a lace bug from the Leeward island of Dominica. Therefore, it is of special significance to record the six species (two new to science) of five genera collected by members of the above survey. Tabulation of the West Indies (excluding Trinidad) lace bug genera and species, including the two new ones described herein, reveals 49 species (Caloloma uhleri Drake and Bruner introduced from Australia) in 17 genera. Of these, 17 species in 10 genera are reported from the Lesser Antilles. This leaves on the Greater Antil- les 7 additional genera not represented on the Lesser Antilles — further emphasis of the zoogeographic break between the two island groups. Each of the five genera represented on Dominica belongs to the subfamily Tinginae and ranges from North to South America, in- ZOOGEOGRAPHICAL ANALYSIS OF THE LaCE BuGS Occurring on Dominica Number of Occurrence of these genera in species Western Hemis sphere „^ Antill ev- Genera with number 'c u 1-c ^'u of included species 2-s'i 9 n ££ l« §Q -a! oG o CA.< u< 2;< Acanthocheila (17) 1 X X X X X Corythucha (68) 1 X X X X X Leptodictya (51 ) 1 1 X X X X X Leptopharsa (109) 1 1 X X X X X Teleonemia (85) 2 -• X X X X X Total number genera 5 Species 6 2 1. Department of Entomology, Siuilli-ioninii liisliliilioii, \Va>hiiiBli)M, D. (" 161 The Great Basin Naturalist 162 RICHARD C. FROESCHNER Vol. XXVIII, No. 4 eluding the Greater Antilles. Therefore, their occurrence on Domin- ica did not come as a surprise. This paper is based on specimens taken by various members of the survey who were kind enough to take time from their special interests to collect generally and make possible studies by those of us who did not join in the explorations. To these fellow entomologists I owe deep thanks: D. F. Bray; O. S. Flint Jr.. R. J. Gagne; D. L. Jackson; P. J. Spangler; W. W. Wirth. The study itself was aided in part by NSF Grant number GB-791 (96-M). The beautiful illus- trations of these graceful and frail insects are by Elsie Herbold Froeschner. Key to the Genera of L.\ce Bugs as They Occur ON THE Lesser Antilles (genera in brackets not known from Dominica) 1. Pronotum anteriorly on midline with an elevated, swollen cyst (Fig. 4) _ 2 Pronotum anteriorly on midline without a swollen cyst, sometimes with a tectate (roof shaped) low elevation 5 2. Anteromedian cyst of pronotum prolonged anteriorly, much surpassing apex of head (Fig. 4) 3 Anteromedian cyst of pronotum short, subglobose, not exceeding apex of head 4 3. Elytra tumidly elevated near middle of basal third .... Corythucha Stal Elytra not tumidly elevated [Corythaica Stal] 4. Antennal segment I short, not longer than width of head between eyes [Ca/oloma Drake and Bruner] Antennal segment I long, longer than width of head across both eyes [Phymacysta Monte] 5. Side margins of paranota with prominent coarse spines (Fig. 1) Acant hoc heila Stal Side margins of paranota without spines 6 6. Paranotum projecting obliquely outward (never verti- cal nor lying on surface of pronotum), containing two or more rows of cells visible from above or below 9 Paranotum either with one row of cells and placed vertically, or with several rows of cells and reflexed and lying on surface of pronotum 7 7. Paranotum vertical, containing a single row of cells Teleonemia Costa Dec. 31, 1968 lace bugs of dominica, b.w.i. 163 Paranotuni with several rows of cells, reflexed against the surface of the proiiotuni 8 8. Scent gland canal distinctly elevated Leptodictya Stal Scent gland canal absent {Dictyla Stal] 9. Outer margin of paranotum angularly expanded; cos- tal area of elytron wide, with five or more rows of cells for most of its length [Gargaphia Stal] Outer margin of pronotum straight or convexly round- ed; costal area of elytron narrow, with only two rows of cells on basal half or more 10 10. Head spine above bases of antennae very long, hori- zontal, reaching or surpassing apex of antennal seg- ment I (Fig. 3) - Leptopharsa Stal Head spine above bases of antennae very short, never reaching as far as midlength of antennal Segment I .... [Vatiga Drake and Hambleton] Family Tingidae Subfamily Tinginae Genus Acanthocheila Stal Monanthia {Acanthocheila) Stal 1858, p. 61. Acanthocheila: Stal 1873, p. 127. Acanthocheila thaumana Drake and Cobben Figure 1 Acanthocheila thaumana Drake and Cobben 1960, pp. 67, 81. This species was described from St. Eustatius and St. Martin at the north end of the chain of Leeward Islands. The 15 specimens taken by W. W. Wirth during March at the mouth of the Layou River and at the Hillsborough estate extend the range to the southern limit of the Leeward Lslands. Genus Leptodictya Stal Leptodictya Stal 1873, pp. 121, 127. Leptodictya archboldi, n. sp. Figure 2 Diagnosis. — The species of the subgenus Hanuala, to which this new one belongs, fall into several groups on the basis of color aspects. The present new species falls into the group where the dorsal appear- ance is fuscous with a large, oval, mediobasal area (occupying the clavi and broad adjacent parts of the coria) milky white. This gen- 164 RICHARD C. FROESCHNER The Great Basin Naturalist Vol. XXVIII, No. 4 Fig. 1. Acanthocheila thaumana Drake and Cobben. eral pattern results from a darkening of all the veins delimiting the hemelytral areas and the other veins (but not the cells) on the apical half and costal region of the corium; the veins in the mediobasal region are translucent milky white. Within this group, this new species can be recognized readily by the wholly shining black an- tennae plus the extremely long, mostly blackened head spines. Description. — Holotype male. Length 3.6 mm., greatest width 1.8 mm. Head with five very long, erect spines: anterior pair reach- ing apex of antennal segment I, median spine and basal pair longer than the frontal pair, more than twice as long as horizotal length of an eye. Labium surpassing middle coxae. Dec. 31. 1968 LACK BUGS OF DOMINICA, B.W.I. 165 Fig. 2. Leptodictya archboldi, new species. Pronotum tricarinate, each carina uniseriate except median where it is elevated as a multiareolated, compressotectate hood projecting into a short, acute angle over base of head. Paranotum expanded laterally, then suddenly and completely folded back over itself, the original free lateral edge now reaching the dorsal surface of the pronotum. the dors^dly exposed surface biseriate; apical half of pos- terior projection milky white. Hemelytra slightly widening posteriorly. Basal two-thirds of costal margin finely, distinctly serrate. Costal area broad, mostly abundantly, finely reticulate on basal half and with much coarser The Great Basin Naturalist 166 RICHARD C. FROESCHNER Vol. XXVIII, No. 4 reticulations on apical half; with four, slightly more prominent, oblique veins on basal half. Subcostal area very narrow, biseriate. Discoidal area elongate, narrowly fusiform, about five areole wide at widest point, there less than half as wide as costal area opposite to it; with a prominent, oblique, embrowned vein near middle. Sutural area wide, expanding toward apex. Hind wings slightly surpassing apex of abdomen. Holotype male: Dominica, British West Indies, Morne Plat Pays, December 10, 1964, Paul J. Spangler, "in base of Euterpe globosa frond." (USNM type no. 70218). Although this genus is essentially a tropical element, three species occur as far north as southern North America. Previously only one was reported for the West Indies (Puerto Rico and Cuba): the bam- boo-frequenting form barnbusae Drake which differs from the Do- minican species by its wholly pale antennae and hem elytra. The species is dedicated to Mr. John D. Archbold. a cosponsor of this biological survey of Dominica and a frequent supporter of scientific efforts. Genus Leptopharsa Stal Leptopharsa Stal 1873, pp. 122, 126. Leptopharsa bredini, n. sp. Figure 3 Diagnosis. — Within the genus, unicarinata Champion and the present new species are the only species with but one pronotal carina discally, the median one; all the other species also possess two lateral discal carinae. Several features separate the two species; but most conveniently, unicarinata has the median carina subequal in height and uniseriate for its full length behind the hood, while in bredini it is biseriate for a distance behind the hood where it forms an abrupt, nearly semicircular, dorsal projection and then becomes uniseriate. Description. — Holotype female. Length 3.5 mm., greatest width, 1.6 mm. Color, including antennae and legs shining yellow brown; head (including most of buccclae), anterior and median ace- tabulae, broad, oblique band extending from tip of discoidal area pos- teriorly along subcostal area to apex of hemelytron. fuscous to black. Head short, with three erect, very long spines (length more than twice horizontal diameter of eye) : one above each eye and one at middle apex of vertex. Bucculae about as high as vertical diameter of eye, finely reticulate. Antennal segment I shorter than interocular space, about twice as long as segment II. segment III about five times as long as I - II, about three-and-a-half times as long as segment IV. Labium reaching base of metasternum. Pronotum distinctly and closely punctate, becoming reticulate on posterior process; disc unicarinate, median carina as described above, its anterior hood high, strongly compressed, multiareolate, arising Dec. 31. 19()8 LACE BUGS OF DOMINICA, B.W.I. 167 Fig. 3. Leptopharsa bredini, new species. behind calli and extending forward over basal half of head. Paranota developed for full len^h, about four areolae wide, widest at mid- length, outer margin semicircularly convex. 1 lemelytra widening posteriorly, apices strongly divaricate; costal area very wide, with two rows of large, subquadrate arealoe from base to apex of discoidal area, three areolae in widest part; subcostal area narrow, with two rows of small areolae, vein between subcostal and discal arecvs very weakly tectate; discoidal area narrowly fusiform, reaching about to The Great Basin Naturalist 168 RICHARD C. FROESCHNER Vol. XXVIII, No. 4 midlength of hemelytron, four areolae wide; sutural area widening posteriorly, on apical half very wide, with four rows of large areolae. Sternal laminae distinct on nieso- and metasternum. uniseriate, parellel on mesosternum, strongly convex laterally and nearly touch- ing posteriorly on metasternum. Hypocostal lamina uniseriate for full length. Legs long, slender. Holotype female: Dominica, British West Indies, trail 1 mile north of junction of roads to Rosalie and Castle Bruce, April 23, 1966. 1,300 feet, R. J. Gagne (USNM type no. 70219). Paratype: Female^ same island. Freshwater Lake. August 25, 1965, D. L. Jackson. Mr. Bruce Bredin, cosponsor of the present Dominica project, has long been a supporter of scientific endeavors, including earlier Smith- sonian explorations in the West Indies; I consider it a privilege to be able to dedicate this species to him. Genus Corythucha Stal Corythucha Stal 1873, p. 119, 122. Corythucha gossypii (Fabricius) Figure 4 Acanthia gossypii Fabricius 1 794, p. 78. Corythucha gossypii; Stal 1873, p. 123. This widely ranging American species has been recorded from a great variety of hosts, including numerous cultivated crops. One extra-survey collection specimen was taken by J. Maldonado Capriles during July 1963 at St. Joseph. Two series were collected by D. F. Bray: one lot of eight speci- mens from castor beans at Roseau on March 26 and another lot of three from squash at Southern Chiltern Estate on February 8. Genus Teleonemia Costa Teleonemia Costa 1864. p. 114. Key to Species of Teleonemia on Dominica 1. Basal head spines long and tapering, in dorsal view reaching or surpassing upper margin of antennal sockets sacchari (Fabricius) Basal head spines short, cylindrical, blunt, in dorsal view not reaching upper margin of antennal sockets proUxa (Stal) Teleonemia prolixa (Stal) Laccometopus prolixius Stal 1858, 65. Teleonemia prolixa; Stal 1873. p. 132. Dec. 31. 19()8 LACK Bl'GS OI' DOMINICA, H.W.I. 169 Fig. 4. Corythucha gossypii (Fahricius). The few specimens from Dominica fall within the variations under this name in the Drake collection of lace bugs. Unfortunately, the extent of this variation far exceeds that shown by other species of the genus and involves tropical American material from wide- spread localities. Until prolixa is critically reviewed in a generic revision, the arrangement in the Drake collection is accepted as the standard of comparison and the name is being used here. 170 The Great Basin Naturalist RICHARD C. FROESCHNER Vol. XXVIII, No. 4 Fig. 5. Teleonemia sacchari (Fabricius). Specimens taken at Benjamin, Clarke Hall and (irand Bay were colected during February. April, and September. Teleonemia sacchari (Fabricius) Figure 5 Acanthia sacchari Fabricius 1794, p. 77. Teleonemia sacchari; Stal 1873, p. 132. The present concept of this species is based on the very uniform series resting under this name in the C. J. Drake collection of lace Dec. 31. 19()8 i.Acn: iu'gs ok dominica, b.w.i. 171 bugs. This concept does not agree with the captions and figures in lands Antilles. There, figure 79c with the short basal head spines is Drake and (>obben's (1960) jjaper on the lace bugs of the Nether- entitled s(i((hari. This is in contrast to the entire series of specimens mentioned above; these have the basal head spines long and tai)ering and reaching the dorsal margin of the antennal sockets. This lantana frequenting species has been reported from the southern United States south through Central America and the West Indies to Brazil. A })re-survey collection of this species on Dominica (without specific locality) was made by R. Ci. Feiniah, .luly 3 and 12. 1941. Survey specimens were taken in March and September at Castle Comfort and La Fanchette. References Costa, A. 1864. Annuario del Museo Zoologico delta R. TTniversita di Napoli. Napoli. vol. 2, pp. 1-176. 4 pis. (dated 1862). Drake, C. J. and Cobben, R. H. 1960. The Heteroptera of the Netherlands Antilles -V, Tingidae (lace bugs). Studies on the fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 10, no. 54, pp. 67-97. Drake, C. J. and Ruhoff, F. A. 1965. Lacebugs of the World: a Catalog (Hemiptera: Tingidae). U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 243, pp. i-viii, 1-634, pis. 1-56. Fabricius, J. C. 1794. Entomologia systematica emendata et aucta, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, adjectis synonimis, locis, observationibus. descriptionibus. 314 pp. Stal, C. 1858. Bidrag till Rio Janeiro-Traktens Hemipter-Fauna. I. Of v. Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. 2, no. 7, pp. 1-84. . 1873. Enumeratio Hemipterorum, vol. 3. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 1-163. MEGEREMAEIDAE, A NEW FAMILY OF ORIBATID MITES (ACARI: CRYPTOSTIGMATA)! Tyler A. WooUey- and Harold G. Higgins"' In 1965 we described Megeremaeus as a new genus of oribatids from Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming. We tentatively placed the mites in the family Eremaeidae, but qualified the placement as one of general affinity only. Since the mites were larger than any known Eremaeidae, with heavier, robust notogastral setae and distinctive knobs at the anterior margin of the hysterosoma. we assumed they were allied to. but not definitely included in the Eremaeidae. We mentioned that individual variations were evident in the relatively small sample of specimens studied and explained the differences in the appearance of certain of the structures, depending on the angle from which the specimen was viewed. Additional specimens of Megeremaeus have been collected and studied since our original paper. Among them is a new species that is different from the generic type. We have compared both M. mon- tanus and the new species with Eremaeus and Tricheremaeus and others of the general complex. We conclude that the characteristics are such that a new family should be erected for the genus and the two species included. Megeremaeidae. fam. nov. Body and legs covered with cerotegument; color dark reddish brown, nearly black in some specimens; lamellae rugose ridges with short, cylindrical cusps; lamellar hairs barbed, inserted in distal ends of lamellar cusps; tutoria rugose ridges, shorter than lamellae inter- rupted by a gap and followed posteriorly by a rounded knob; inter- lamellar hairs finely barbed and setiform or clubbed and barbed, in- serted medial to but close to pseudostigmata; pseudostigmata cup-like, rounded sclerotized rim elevated above surface of prodorsum; sensil- lus clavate, head barbed, rounded or attenuated; dorsosejugal suture sclerotized, with two prominent knobs at shoulders; hysterosoma with ten pairs of barbed setae, some flattened and lanceolate; pseudo- porosae anterior to setae r^; each genital cover with six hairs; two or three pairs of anal setae; trochanters III, IV with large, sharp, dorsal spine; tarsi slightly heterotridactylous, median claw stoutest of the three. The new family differs prominently from Eremaeidae in size (Megeremaeidae: length 1068-858/1 X width 678-570fi; Eremaeidae: length 850-390(U, X width 500-186/j.). Eremaeidae are elongated in shape, not rounded; Megeremaeidae have a distinctly rounded hysterosoma, nearly as wide as long. Megeremaeidae are darker in 1. Research supported in part by TGA1000094-09-NIM-NIAID. 2. Department of Zoology, Colorado State University. 5. Participant in NSF Research Participation for High School Teachers Program, Colorado State University, Summer 1968. 172 Dec. 31, 1968 NEW FAMILY OF MITES 173 d>. ?> /r Fig. 1 . PrcKlorsum of Megeremaeus rnontanus; A, enlarged view of sensillus, pseudostigmata and interlamellar hair. Fig. 2. Genital cover of same. Fig. 3. Anal cover of same showing three anal hairs. Fig. 4. Dorsum of Megeremaeus ditrichosus, legs omitted; A, enlarged view of sensillus, pseudostigmata and interlaniaielar hair. Fig. 5. Genital cover of same. Fig. 6. Anal cover of same showing two anal hairs. Fig. 7. Trochanteral spines from dissected specimen of M. ditrichosus. A, trochanter IV, B, trochanter III. Fig. 8. Infracapitulum of M. Dilrichosus. Fig. 9. Palp of same. The Great Basin Naturalist 174 T. A. WOOLLEY & H. G. HIGGINS Vol. XXVIII, No. 4 color, reddish-brown to black where Eremaeidae tend to dark brown and tan shades. Megeremaeidae has 10 pairs of notogastral setae, Eremaeidae 10 or 11 pairs. Megereniaidae exhibit 2-3 pairs of anal hairs, Eremaeidae 2-9 pairs. Eremaeidae may or may not show a postanal j)iece; no postanal piece is j)resent in Megeremaeidae. The tibial solenidia of leg I of Eremaeidae are stalked, the trochanters may or may not be keeled; Megeremaeidae show relatively little tubercle at the base of solenidia of tibiae I. all legs are without keels, but trochanters III and IV have j)rominent dorsal spines (but small spines are also found on femora III and IV of Eremaeidae) and all legs exhibit cerotegument; the setae of the legs of Megeremaeidae are robust, long and barbed. Balogh (1965) listed characteristics of Eremaeidae and Piffl (1965) made a diagnosis of the family, but the characterizations have been extended by Higgins (research in progress). The details disclosed in this latter research have been in part the basis for the above comparison of Eremaeidae and Megeremaeidae and the desig- nation of the new family. Me^erernaeus rnontanus Higgins and Woolley. 1965 (Figs. 1-3) The distinctive differences between this species and the new species described below are the slight lamellar hairs, the type of sen- sillus and the three pairs of anal setae. We have added some figures to aid in the comparison of these species. New collections should also be noted for this species. Four speci- mens, 2 male and 2 females were collected at Nahcotta, Washington. 20 September 1957 by T. Kincaid; six specimens. 5 females and 1 male, were collected near the summit of Snoqualmie Pass. Washing- ton. 27 June 1968 by H. Higgins. Megeremaeus ditrichosus, n. sp. (Figs. 4-9) Diagnosis. — The new species differs from M. rnontanus in hav- ing robust, barbed, clavate interlamellar hairs, a more attenuated, barbed sensillus and two pairs of anal hairs. The trivial name is constructed from the Greek di- and trichos to designate the distinctive feature of the anal setae. Description. — Color dark reddish-brown covered with cerotegu- ment; rostrum rounded, rostral hairs about half as long as lamellar hairs, slightly barbed, inserted in short tubercles posterior to rostral tip; lamellae rugose ridges in middle of prodorsum. curved laterally at posterior tips and reduced in height, lamellar cusps short, cylindri- cal; lamellar hairs about a third longer than rostral hairs, slightly curved, barbed, inserted in distal tips of lamellar cusps; translamel- la partial, interrupted medially, consisting of short, sclerotized bar extended medially from base of lamellar cusp; tutoria shorter than lamellae, rugose ridges parallel to lamellae, interrupted posteriorly Dec. 31. 1958 new family of mites 175 and with a rounded knob-like projection between lutorium and pseu- dostiginala; interlaniellar liairs about as long as width of [)seudostig- matic opening, robust, rounded lips, clavate. barbed, inserted about half their lengths from medial aspect of pseudostigmata; pseudostig- niata raised above surface of j)rodorsum. rounded, cup-like; sensillus about as long as rostral hairs, attenuated, barbed; pedotecta I rough- ened at about level of tutoria, pedotecta II shorter and more angular than pedotecta I (Fig. 4). Anterior margins of hysterosoma with two sclerotized knobs at each shoulder, median ])air more robust; 10 pairs of barbed, elongate notogastral setae (Fig. 4). Camerostome elongate; infracapitulum as in Fig. 8; genital aper- ture nearly rounded, each genital cover with six setae (Fig. 5); adanal setae inserted laterally at level about middle of genital open- ing; anal opening more elongate than genital, each anal cover with two setae (Fig. 6), three pairs of adanal seate. fissure iad near margin of anal oj)ening near anterior end. Legs heterotridactylous, the median claw only slightly larger than lateral claws; trochanters III, IV with strong dorsal spine; leg setae long, barbed. Measurements. — The range of measurements for the specimens we have of this species is taken in part from dissected forms in which the dorsal j)late has been removed. Length. 930-858/1.; hysterosoma 582-606/1.; prodorsum 330-276/(.. Width: 618-570/x. Collections. — The type, a female, and 4 paratypes, 2 females. 1 male and 1 dissected specimen of undetermined sex. were collected near the top of Mary's Peak, Benton Co., Oregon, 31 July 1962, by T. A. Woolley. Discussion. — Even though the number of specimens we have observed is small, we are of the opinion that this new family, Megere- maeidae. is a distinctly different grouji of oribatid mites. The single genus, and the two species included in it. are also distinctive. Literature Cited B.\i.oGH, J. 1955. A synopsis of the World Oribatid (Acari) Genera. Acta Zoologica ll(l/2):5-99. HiGGiNs, H. G. AND T. A. Wooi.LEY. 1965. A New Genus of Moss Mites from Northwestern United States. Pan-Pacific Entomologist 41 (4) :259-262. PiFFL, E. 1965. Eine neue diagnose fiir die Familie der Eremaeidae (Oribatei- Acari) nach zwei neuen Arten aus dem Karakorum Osterr. Akad. der Wissenschaften Mathem-naturw. Kl. Abt. I, Bd. 174:363:385. A NEW SPECIES OF SPHODROCEPHEUS FROM THE WESTERN U. S.^ (ACARI: CRYPTOSTIGMATA, CEPUEIDAE) Tyler A. Woolley- and Harold G. Higgins' In a previous pa[)er (Woolley and lliggins. 1963) we delineated the characteristics of the family Cepheidae, some of the synonymy involved with certain genera and described a new genus and species. Collections since that time have disclosed further examples of Spho- drocepheus tridactylus and a new species within the genus. These new distributional records are included below with the diagnosis and description of a new species. Sphodrocepheus tridactylus W. & H.. 1963 Three male specimens of this species were collected in moss, four miles south of Waldport. Lincoln Co., Oregon, by (i. Krantz and J. D. Lattin, 7 February 1960. Very little variation was noticed between these specimens and those previously collected. This record extends the distributional range of the species in Oregon. Sphodrocepheus antheUonus^ sp. n. (Figs. 1-5) Di.'^GNOsis. — The new species differs from S. tridactylus in its larger size, in the shorter, tufted sensilli (Fig. lA) and notogastral hairs (Fig. 4). The new species also exhibits differences in the lengths of the prodorsal hairs but is particularly contrasted to S. tri- dactylus in the presence of a translamella and slight mucro posterior to it; the new species has two humeral bristles instead of one as in tridactylus; other minor differences are included in the description below. The trivial name is derived from the Greek, anthelionos, a diminutive of "plume of a reed" and has specific reference to the plumed tips of the sensillus and notogastral hairs. Description. — Color dark brown; prodorsum broadly triangular; rostrum rounded, rostral hairs shorter than lamella hairs, curved, slightly barbed, inserted in margins of rostrum posterior to tip; lamel- lae narrowed, with sinuate lateral margins, pitted, lamellar cusps narrower than lamellae, with slight dentes at anterolateral corner; lamellar hairs twice as long as interlamellar hairs, sinuous and ser- pentine in appearance, smooth, inserted in distal ends of lamellar cusps; interlamellar hairs longer than rostral hairs, but shorter than lamellar hairs, barbed, with slightly plumed ends, inserted at middle of length of lamellae; tutoria prominent flanges at lateral margins of prodorsum. pitted, confluent with anterior margin of pedotecta I; surface of prodorsum between lamellae smooth, not pitted as are lamellae and tutor-a; pseudostigmata cup-shaped, with robust circu- 1. Research supported in part by TG-TOI-A-I0000<)5-(|ii NIH-NIAID 2. Department of Zoology. Colorado State University. Fort Collins. 3. Participant in Research Paiticipation for Higli School Tea( hers Program. Coloiado State University, Summer lOfiS. Dec. 31. 19()8 NEW FAMILY OF MITES 177 Fig. 1 . Piodorsum of Sphodroccpheus anlhrlionus; A. enlarged view of pseudostigmata and tufted sensillus. Fig. 2. Infarcapituluni of S. anlhelionus from the ventral view. Fig. 3. Enlarged view of humeral process and bristles of 5. anthcUnnus. Fig. 4. Dissected dorsal plate of 5. anthrlionus. showing notogastral bristles. Fig. 5. Venter of S. anthrlionus. legs omitted. The Great Basin Naturalist 1 78 T. A. WOOLLEY & H. G. HIGGINS Vol. XXVIII, No. 4 lar, raised margin, wide, open cup internally; sensillus longer than interlamellar hairs, tufted at distal tip (Figs. 1, lA); pedotecta I large, robust, pedotecta II smaller, surfaces pitted similarly to lamel- lae and tutoria. Hysterosoma smooth, nearly circular in outline, with roughened, sclerotized humeral processes at shoulders, pits, apodemes and shoul- der bristles as in Figs. 1, 3; ten pairs of tufted, barbed notogastral setae (Fig. 4) anterior humeral seta not as long as width of shoulder, posterior humeral hair about a fourth longer, closer in length to other notogastral setae (Fig. 4; humeral processes rough, sclerotized. with large pits and sclerotized external apodemes (Fig. 3). Camerostome ovoid, with lateral articulating condyles; infra- capitulum as in Fig. 2; rutella with scoop-like membranous tips, rutellar teeth dorsal to membranous structures; palp, genal and mental setae as in figures; palp tarsus with three acanthions at distal end; apodemata and ventral setae as in Fig. 5; apodemata II with transverse, serrated, external ridge; genital opening elongated, each cover with six setae; aggenital setae posterior and lateral; anal open- ing about a fourth larger than genital, more elongated, each anal cover with two setae; fissure iad obliquely angled and remote from anterior margin of anal opening by about three times its length; adanal setae as in Fig. 5. Legs heterotridactylous, medial claw larger and heaver than laterals. Measurements. — The dissected type specimen is 870/(. long and 624;U, wide; prodorsum is 234^t long. Collection Data. — The type specimen, a female, was collected from moss, near the summit of Snoqualmie Pass. Washington, 27 June 1968, by H. Higgins; seven additional specimens (5 males. 2 females) from Washington were collected near Easton, 27 June 1968. by H. G. Higgins. Two females were collected near Suttle Lake. Deschutes National Forest, Oregon. Mar. (?) 1965, by W. B. Grabowski; one male specimen was taken from moss on rotting log, near Spirit Lake, Uintah Mountains, Utah. 7 August 1963, by H. G. Higgins; one female specimen was taken under conifers near Van couver, B. C, 9 June 1962, by H. G. Higgins. Discussion. — The most striking differences between this species and S. tridactylus are in the lengths of the various hairs. In tridacty- lus the interlamellar hairs are longest of the prodorsal hairs, the ros- tral hairs shortest and lamellar hairs intermediate. In S. anthelionus the lamellar hairs are longest, the interlamellar hairs intermediate and the rostral hairs shortest. The notogastral setae in the new species are shorter than in .S. tridactylus^ but are also finely barbed on the shaft of the hair and tufted at the tips; the new species also has two humeral bristles where 5. tridactylus exhibits only one. Literature Cited WooLLEY, T. A. AND H. G. HiGGiNs. 1963. A New Moss Mite from Western U. S. (Acarina: Oribatei, Cepheidae). J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc. 71:143-148. A NEW MITE OF THE GENUS EUPTEROTEGAEUS FROM OREGON^ (CRYPTOSTIGMATA: CEPHEIDAE) Harold G. Higgins- and Tyler A. Woolley' During a recent collecting trip into the northwestern {)art of the United States, many unusual mites were found. Among these was a new species of moss nnte of the genus Eupterotegaeus. This now brings the number of sj)ecies recorded from the United States to three, and all have been found in the states of Colorado, Utah. Wash- ington and now Oregon. A description of this new species follows below. Eupterotegaeus rhamphosus, n. sp. Diagnosis. — Rostrum rounded, with out median spine; lamellae large, projecting over rostrum, with broadly rounded lateral margins and sharp "beak-like" inner margins; a triangular projection mediad to pteromorphae along dorsosejugal suture: differing from E. spinatus in the lack of translamellar spine and from E. rostratus in the round- ed rostrum and sharply pointed lamellar cusps, and from both in having a projection mediad of humeral processes on dorsosejugal suture and all legs monodactylous. The trivial name comes from the Greek meaning "curving beak" and refers to the sharply pointed lamellar cusps. Description. — Dark reddish-brown color; prodorsum about two- thirds as long as hysterosoma and approximately as long as broad; rostrum rounded with small lateral projections; rostral hairs simple, inserted in anterolateral margins of rostrum; lamellae over three times as long as broad of nearly equal width throughout, lamellar cusps ending in sharp incurved anterior medial tips resembling a beak; lamellar hairs simple, as long as width of lamellae, incurved, extended beyond tip of lamellae and inserted near anterolateral edge; interlamellar hairs missing in type specimen, their insertions mediad of pseudostigmata; pseudostigmata heavy, cup-shaped, with rough- ened edges, directed anterolaterally; sensillus club-shaped, shorter than the distance between the pseudostigmata, about twice as long as lamellar hairs, with a finely setose tip; no exobothridial hairs ob- served on type specimen. Hysterosoma rounded, with roughened anterolateral pteromorphs projected anteriorly; a triangular jirojection mediad of pteromorphs along dorsosejugal suture; surface with a light rectangular pattern; nine pairs of short, marginal setae observed, each seta set on a raised tubercle; areae porosae or muscle attachment scars along lateral margins of hysterosoma (Fig. 1). 1. Heseaixh supported in part hy 'rCiTOI Al()(K)()'H-0 rO CslCN OO 00 in — %^— X 0>rO (OOO ^— ' ■*— < ^— N^^v (T)? xnvn OO C7) OO xoco t^oo CN fO Zl'^ 00 00 CM CM vnvD vnvn i>.o 00 o -^ CM OO Tj- CM CM OO CM -rH ^ CO OO -^ a^ Tf IT) ^ (O COCO t^ 00 in CO <;pq <;« <;« ^oa <|p2 <;« <:;cQ Q > ^ eg 00 CM OO O (N • t^ OOO ^ OOCM • ' (5> o 00 ir> ■ ^'v-i o^ . >n 00 05 00 Oi 00 O) OOO) O t^ C^CSl (O — vn tv- csicsi t^ ro XT) a rn ID to XT) ro in t^ ro ■^■r- t-,(£) 00 vn t^ 00 POOl vn vnrOroCM (£> CO Tf t^(0 r>.rOn-;_i tovntovn ^cxO'-tB <^ <^ S 2! -^ ^. -- b~ vn t^ (£) -r^ — o;^ 23 53 '^. 00^. gg -- -^.^. 00 CT) --v^-N rorO t^(^ '^^ -^^O -^CD ^^'^ (Moo CSICSI -^T- OO t--.t^ rOPO in (M ro vn ^^ ^-^^-^ -^ ■,- ,^^— , ^^s — -r^ o5(N t^oo (Nc^ ,— s,-^ oo^ ■ T T' vo Q (N -r- mm --I -r- -^ ^ ^^ t^^o tj- ^ cs) (V) tO- ^ to t}- n. tJ- t^ tJ- — CM -r- (M — OJ T^ M ^ (M -^ 05 ^ CSI <;pQ <^a3 <;pQ ounty, ca. 8 miles west of Desert Range Experiment Station 1 leadcjuarters along hwy. 21. 100 m west of pass at the north end of Needle^ Range. June 18. 1968. Larry C. Higgins 1615. Holotype deposited at BRY. Isotypes will be distributed to CAS, Gil. NY, POM. US, UTC, and other major herbaria. Distribution. Known only from southwestern Millard County, Utah, but to be expected from northern Beaver County. Utah, and perhaps in eastern Nevada. Flowering from May to July. Specimens Examined. Utah: Millard County, north slope of Bull (irass Knoll, north end of Pine Valley, 9 miles north of Derest Range Experiment Station Headquarters. 6,500 feet. R. C. Holmgren 521 (BRY); White Sage Valley. Harrison 6571 (BRY); ca. 8 miles west of Desert Range Experiment Station Headquarters along hwy. 21, 100 m west of pass. Higgins 1462 (BRY) . Cryptantha compacta is most closely related to C. nana (Eastw.) Payson but differs in its more compact and caespitose habit, smaller leaves, shorter calyx segments, and smaller corolla. This [)lant has been known for over thirty years, but has been placed with C. nana j)robably due to the immaturity of the specimens. In observing this species in the field it becomes even more apparent of its right to specific distinction due to its dense caespitose habit that more closely resembles C. caespitosa (A. Nels.) Payson than C. nana. At the type locality it is the most common plant, growing on shallow- stony loam with Sphaeralcea caespitosa M. E. Jones. Linum perenne L. ssp. lewisii (Pursh) Hult.. and Cryptantha rugulosa ( Payson j Payson. 3. Cryptantha ochroleuca Higgins sp. nov. llerba perennis humilis caespitosa. 0.2-1.3 dm alta; caules pluri. 0.1-0.4 dm longi. strigosi et setulosi; folia lineari-lanceolata vel oblanceolata. acuta vel obtusa, 1-2.5 cm longa, 0.1-0.3 cm lata, folia basiorum uniformiter et dense strigosorum. folia caulinum strigo- sorum et setosorum. })ustulatorum; inflorescentia angusta, 0.2-0.7 dm longa. setulosa; sepala lineari-lanceolata. sub anthesi 2-2.5 (3) mm longa. sub fructibus 4-6 mm longa, setosa; corolla lutescens. tuba 2-2.5 mm longa. cristae basi tubae conspicuae, fornices flavi. rotun- dati, ca. 0.3 mm longi, limbus 4-5 mm latus; stylus vix excedens fructum; nuculae lanceolatae. 2.5-3 mm longae, 1.4-1.6 mm latae. vulgo non nisi unae maturescentes, margine acuto. dorso convexo, irregulariter curto ruguloso. pagina ventrali non nisi leviter aspera. sulco aperto anguste-triangulari, margine elevato destituto. Low caespitose perennial. 0.2-1.3 dm tall; stems several. O.l-O.-l- dm long, strigose and weakly setose; leaves linear-oblanceolate to oblanceolate, the apices acute or sometimes obtuse. 1-2.5 cm long. 0.1-0.3 cm wide, basal leaves uniformly and densely strigose. sparsely setose, the petiole white-hairy, cauline leaves strigose and with some setose-pustulate bristles; inflorescence narrow. 0.2-0.7 dm long. The Great Basin Naturalist 198 LARRY C. HIGGINS Vol. XXVIII, No. 4 weakly setose; calyx segments linear-lanceolate. 2-2.5 (3) mm long in anthesis. in fruit 4-6 mm long, setose; corolla pale-yellow, the tube 2-2.5 mm long, crests at base of tube conspicuous, fornices yel- low, rounded, about 0.3 mm long, limb 4-5 mm wide; style scarcely surpassing mature fruit; nutlets lanceolate, 2.5-3 mm long, 1.4-1.6 mm wide, usually only one maturing, margine acute, dorsal surface irregularly ixigose with low rounded ridges, ventral surface only slightly uneven, scar open, narrowly-triangular, extending % the length of nutlet, no elevated margin. Type. Utah: Garfield County, on outcrop 100 m south of Red Canyon Campground along hwy. 12. 6,500 feet, July 21, 1968. Larry C. Higgins 1788. Holotype deposited at BRY. Isotypes will be distributed to Gil. NY. US. Distribution. Limited to the red Wasatch Formation near Red Canyon Campground in southwestern Ciarfield County. Utah, 6.500 to 7.000 feet. Flowering from May to August. Specimens Examined. Utah: Garfield County, top of ridge south of Red Canyon Campground in Red Canyon, May 25. 1968. Reveal dc Reveal 1051 (BRY). This local species is apparently confined to the red Wasatch For- mation in southwestern Garfield County, Utah. Cryptantha ochroleuca is apparently most closely related to C. caespitosa of southwestern Wyoming, but also has some affinities with C. nana. The new species differs from C. caespitosa by its less caespitose habit, the slender, less woody taproot, shorter calyx seg- ments, shorter, pale yellow instead of white corolla, and smaller nutlets which are more rugose. From C. nana, C. ochroleuca differs by the shorter calyx segments, pale yellow corolla, and the rugose nutlets. NOTES A PROBABLE RECORD OF THE WHITE-TAILED DEER IN NEVADA A shetl left antler, slightly weathered, was found by Charles G. Hansen between Rug Mountain and Dead Horse Trail, 46 miles north of Las Vegas, Nevada on the Desert National Wildlife Range. The antler (M5558), on deposit in the Biology Museum at Nevada Southern University, was found in a steep- sided dry wash on the alluvial fan between the main Sheep Range and Tule Deer Ridge at an elevation of approximately 5,000 ft. The surrounding vegeta- tion is dominated by Joshua tree (Yucca bievifolia), pinyon pine (Pinus mono- phylla). and juniper [Juniperus osleospernia) . On the basis of the weathered and bleached condition we estimate that it was shed within the last 5 to 10 years. The antler is 267 mm. in length and the two tines are 82 and 61 mm. in length. Both tines arise from the single main beam and from the slope of the base the antler curved out over the brow. These features are characteristic of the white-tailed deer {Odocoileus uirginianus). However, Kellogg (1956) stated that there may be exception to the normal dichotomous forking of the antlers of mule deer {Odocoileus heniionus) and discussed a speci- men from the Kaibab plateau, Arizona with antlers which were branched as in the white-tailed deer. The shed antler was compared with over 300 mule deer skulls from Nevada on deposit at the Nevada Southern University Biolog}' Museum. All of these which had tines e.xhibited the normal dichotomous branch- ing. Mule deer with antlers of a comparable length were usually not forked or, if forked, had dichotomous tines of longer length than that of the shed antler. The shed antler was not as rounded in cross section and had fewer burrs near the base than the mule deer antlers examined. Based on this examination we conclude that the shed antler probably belonged to a white-tailed deer. Hall (1946) discussed the status of this species in Northern Nevada and concluded that there were no authentic records for the state. The nearest record of white-tailed deer is Bill Williams Mountain. Coconino County, Arizona, which is approximately 190 airline miles southeast of the Nevada locality (Hoffmeister, 1962). The present record tentatively places this species in Southern Nevada. — W. Glen Bradley^ and Charles G. Hansen-. References Cited Hall, E. R. 1946. Mammals of Nevada. Univ. California Press. Berkeley, 710 p. Hoffmeister, D. F. 1962. The Kinds of Deer. Odocoileus. in Arizona. Amer. Midi. Nat. 67:45-64. Kellogg, R. 1956. What and where are the whitetails? pp. 31-55. In Taylor, W. P., ed.. The deer of North America. Stackpole Co., Harrisburg, Pa., 668 pp. 1. Department of Biologiral Science.s, Nevada Southern University, Las Vegas, Nevada. 2. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, I^s Vegas, Nevada (Present address: U. S. National Park .Service. Dcalli Valley, California). 199 200 Dec. 31,1968 HIGH LOCALIZED BIRD MORTALITY AS A FUNCTION OF HIGH INSECT POPULATIONS During the weeks of at least 28 April and 5 May 1968, extremely large num- bers of Painted Lady Butterflies (Vanessa carduie) Linnaeus, were migrating north through the Salt Lake valley region. These butterflies were so numerous that estimations as to total population numbers would be a "gloriously wild guess" but the population was certainly in the several thousands at any one time in the valley proper. This migration was recorded at numerous localities throughout the state (Wm. H. Behle, pers. conmi.). On 30 April, one of us had occasion to travel highway Interstate 80 south to Provo and north to Ogden, Utah. Again on 7 May, L80 was traveled to Provo. Maimed and also freshly killed butter- flies, both intact and mashed, littered the highways. Birds were repeatedly seen to dart in between passing cars, grab a butterfly and return to the shoulder of the road to eat the insect. Many birds would also merely hop around on the highway proper and pick up and eat the butterflies. Because of the high speeds at which the automobiles traveled, many birds were not fast enough to evade the cars and were killed. Many were mashed on the highways and others were laying on the shoulders of the roads. The following list indicates the numbers of dead birds counted on the 21 registered mile stretch of road to Provo and 15 registered mile stretch to Ogden on which butterflies occurred on 30 April and the 17 plus miles on which butterflies occurred on 7 May. Salt Lake-Provo, 30 April, Brewer's Blackbird (Euphagus cyanocephalus) , 27; Red-winged Blackbird {Agelaius phoeniceus) , 12; House Sparrow (Passer domen- ticus), 9; Starling (Sturnus vulgarus), 9; unidentified species, 8; Sparrow Hawk (Falco sparverius) , 1. This mortality averages 3-14 dead birds per measured mile. Salt Lake-Ogden, 30 April, Brewer's Blackbird, 19; House Sparrow, 19; Meadow- lark (Sternella neglecta), 3; Yellow-headed Blackbird (Xanthocephalus xantho- cephaius), 3; Starling, 3; unidentified, 3. This mortality averages 3.20 dead birds per measured mile. Salt Lake-Provo, 7 May, Brewer's Blackbird, 8; Starling, 7; House SpaiTOW, 7; Red-winged Blackbird, 2; Meadowlark, 1; Western Tanager (Piranga ludoviciana) , 1; Bullock's Oriole (Icterus bullockii). 1; Unidentified passerines, 7; Sparrow Hawk, 1 (may have been bird previously noted). This mortality averages 2.05 dead birds per measured mile. It would be impossible to guess how many birds went unnoticed and it is believed that none, except perhaps the Sparrow Hawk, was counted twice. If similar mortality occurred, in areas of reproducable conditions, throughout the total period and distance of the Vanessa migration, then bird mortality could conceivably be considerable. Likewise, after enough actual counts were made, it would be possible to calculate hypothetical bird mortality rates provided the route and extent of the Vanessa migration were determined.— Hal L. Black, Department of Zoology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, New Mexico, and Clayton M. White, Department of Zoology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah. (Present address. Section of Ecology and Systematics, Langmuir Laboratory, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.) INDEX TO VOLUME XXVIII The new genera, species, and varieties in this volume appear in bold type in this index. Acanthocheila thaumana, p. 163. A Key to Species of the Cnesinus LeConte (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) of North and Central America, p. 88. Alexander, Charles P., Article by, pp. 16, 113. Allred, Dorald M., Article by, p. 73. Allred, Dorald M., and D Elden Beck, Article by, p. 132. Ametroproctiis, A New Genus of Charassobatid Mites from the United States (Acari: Cryptostig- mata, Charassoliatidae), p. 44. Ametroproctus, n. gen., p. 44. A. oresbios, p. 44. A New Genus and Species of Orbatid from Pack Rat Nests (Acari: Cryptostigmata, Techocepheidae), p. 144. A New Mite of the Genus Epterote- gaeus from Oregon (Cryptostig- mata, Cepheidae), p. 179. Annotated Bibliography of Nevada Ornithology Since 1951, p. 49. A Probable Record of the White- Tailed Deer of Nevada, p. 200. Austin, George T. and W. Glen Brad- ley, Article by, p. 61. A New Variety of Eriogonum Um- bellatum from Southern Nevada p. 157. Banks, Richard C, Article by, p. 49. Banta, Benjamin H. and Wilmer W. Tanner, Article by, p. 183. Beck, D Elden and Dorald M. All- red, Article by, p. 132. Bird Records for Clark County Nev- ada, p. 61. Black, Hal L. and Clayton M. White, Note by, p. 201. Bothrosternus definitus, p. 109. Bradley, W. Glen and Charles G. Hansen, Article by, p. 200. Bradley, W. Glen and George T. Austin, Article by, p. 61. Bufo alvarhis, p. 70. C7iesinus, p. 88. C. atavus, p. 106. C. atrodeclivis, p. 108. C. degener, p. 105. C. denotatus, p. 107. C. frontalis, p. 104. C. gibbosus, p. 101. C. gibbulus, p. 100. C. minitropis, p. 105. C. perplexus, p. 102. C. squamosus, p. 102. Crotaphytus wislizeni copei, p. 184. C. w. neseotes, p. 186. Cryptantha johnstonii, p. 195. C. compacta, p. 196. C. ochroleuca, p. 197. Dermacentor adersoni in National Forest Recreation Sites in Utah, p. 30. Dicranota (DicranotaJ dicantha, p 122. ' ^ D. (D.) rainierensis, P..122. Distributional Aspects of Pinus Pon- derosa in Northwestern Nebraska, p. 24. Egoscue, Harold J. and Elbert J. Lowry, Note by, p. 47. Ellis, David E. and J. Bradford Weston, Note by, p. 111. Erioptera (Psiloconopa) chaetophora p. 19. E. (Symplecta) platymera, p. 20. Erolia melanotos, p. 61. Eupterotegaeus rharyipfiosiis, p. 179. Exochocepheus eremitus, p. 144. Faunistic Inventory — BYU Ecolog- ical Studies at the Nevada Test Site. p. 132. Fleas of the National Reactor Testing Station, p. 73. Fouquette, M. J. Jr., Article by, p. 70. 201 202 Froeschner, Richard C, Article by, p. 161. Gnathotrypanus, p. 9. G. electus, p. 10. G. terebratus, p. 9. Ground Nesting of the Ferrunginous Hawk in West-Central Utah, p. 11. Hansen, Charles G. and W. Glen Bradley, Note by, p. 200. Herrin, C. Selby, Article by, p. 30. Higgins, Harold G. and Tyler A. Woolley, Articles by, pp. 44, 142, 144, 172, 176, 179. Higgins, Larry C, Article by, p. 195. High Localized Bird Mortality as a Function of High Insect Popula- tions, p. 201. Lace Bugs Collected During the Bredin-Archibold-Smithsonsian Bio- logical Survey of Dominica, B.W.L (Hemiptera: Tingidae), p. 161. Leptodictya archiboldi, p. 163. Leptopharasa bredini, p. 166. Limonia, (Dicranomyia) acinomeca, p. 113. L. (D.) apiceglabra, p. 114. L. (D.) chillcotti, p. 115. L. (D.) involuta, p. 117. L. (D.) ozarkensis, p. 118. L. (Geranomyia) innoxia, p. 119. L. (Metalimnobia) californica de- creta, p. 120. Lowry, Elbert P. and Harold J. Ego- scue, Note by, p. 47. Main, John L. and Elray S. Nixon, Article by, p. 24. Megeremaeidae, A New Family of Orbatid Mites (Acari: Cryptostig- mata), p. 172. Megeremaeus monatus, p. 174. M. ditrichosus, p. 174. Microzetes auxiliaris appalachicola Jacot, p. 142. Molophilus (Molophilus) frohnei, p. 22. Monarthrum bicolor, p. 4. M. preclarus, p. 6. New Records and Species of Neo- tropical Bark Beetles (Scolytidae: Coleoptera), Part HI, p. 1. New Species of Perennial Cryptan- tha from Utah, p. 195. Nixon, Elray S. and John L. Main, Article by, p. 24. Nomenclature Changes in the Alas- kan Flora, p. 147. Ormosia {Parormosia) frohnearum, p. 21. Paracorthylus, p. 7. P. velutinus, p. 7. Pentacyphona, p. 121. Redescription of Microzetes Auxili- aris Appalachicola Jacot (Acari: Cryptostigmata Microzetidae), p. 142. Remarks on the Type Specimen of Bufo alvarius Girard, p. 70. Reveal, James L., Article by, p. 157. Scolytopsis laticoUis, p. 14. Scolytus hermosus, p. 12. S. mundus, p. 13 Spawning Ecology of the White Bass Roccus Chrysops (Rafinesque) in Utah Lake, Utah, p. 63. Spermatophthorus aberrans, p. 11. Sphodrocepheus anthelionus, p. 176. Studies in Nearctic Desert Sand Dune Orthoptera Part XL A new arenicolous species of Stenopel- matus from Coachella Valley with Key and biological notes, p. 124. Stenopelmatus cahuilaensis, p. 126. Tanner, Vasco M., Note by, p. 47. Tanner, Wilmer W. and Benjamin H. Banta, Aritcle by, p. 183. Taxonomic Review: Miridae of the Nevada Test Site and the Western U.S., p. 47. The Ermine in Western Utah, p. 47. The Systematic of Crotophytus wis- lizeni, The Leopard Lizards (Sau- ria: Iguanidae) Part XL A Review of the Status of the Baja Cali- fornia Penninsular Populations and a Description of a New Sub- species from Cedros Islands, p. 183. 203 Tinkham, Ernest R., Article by, p. 124. Tipula (Arctotipula) smithae, p. 16. r. {Yamatotipula) toklatensis, p. 17. Undescribed Species of Nearactic Tipulidae (Diptera) VIII, p. 16; IX, p. 113. Vincent, Frederic, Article by, p. 63. Welsh, Stanley L., Article by, p. 147. Weston, J. Bradford and David E. Ellis, Note by, p. HI. White, Clayton M. and Hal L. Black, Note by, p. 201. Wood, Stephen L., Articles by, pp. 1, 88. Woolley, Tyler A. and Harold G. Higgins, Articles by, pp. 44, 142, 144, 172, 176, 179. Xyleborus longideclivis, p. 1. X. parcellus, p. 2. X. usticius, p. 3. |ll|l|ll|||il||lll|Dll|IIIBI| 3 2044 072 231 095